Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

whom one would rather

  • 1 οἰωνίζομαι

    οἰων-ίζομαι, [tense] impf. (without augm.) X.HG1.4.12, 5.4.17: [tense] fut.
    A

    - ιοῦμαι LXXLe.19.26

     : [tense] aor. opt.

    οἰωνίσαιτο D.25.80

     ; part.

    - άμενος Arist.Pol. 1304a1

     :—take omens from the flight and cries of birds,

    οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἔτι -όμενοι X.Cyr.1.6.1

    , cf. Plu.Rom.9.
    II generally, divine from omens, c. acc. et inf., X.HGll. cc., LXXGe.44.5.
    2 c. acc., regard as an omen, οἰ. τι σύμπτωμα Arist.l.c., cf. Epin.2.3, Nic. Dam.66.13J., D.S.8.32, 17.49, Plu.2.825b ; ὃν οἰωνίσαιτ' ἄν τις μᾶλλον ἰδὼν ἢ προσειπεῖν βούλοιτο whom one would rather shun as an ill omen if one saw him, than speak to, D.l.c., cf. Thphr.HP 8.6.2, Str.13.1.42.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οἰωνίζομαι

  • 2 Tutoyer

       To use the pronoun tu rather than vous - a concept that English-speakers often find hard to master correctly, tutoyer means addressing someone using the familiar singular tu form of the second person pronoun, rather than the more formal vous form. Fifty years ago, in formal family circles, children would address their parents using vous rather than tu; this practice has now more or less completely disappeared, and tutoiement is the common form of address within families and within groups of friends or workplace colleagues who know each other. The change is generational, and President Sarkozy has brought tutoiement right into the formal surroundings of presidential affairs. Vouvoiement (using vous) remains the norm in formal circumstances, when addressing a hierarchical superior, a stranger or someone with whom one has only occasional working relations - though the French are now quite used to speakers of other languages, notably English-speakers, getting it wrong.
       Usage in France varies from usage in Quebec, where speakers often use "tu" as a singular form of "vous" to address each other even in a business context or between strangers.

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais. Agriculture Biologique > Tutoyer

  • 3 que

    conj.
    1 that.
    es importante que me escuches it's important that you listen to me
    que haya pérdidas no es un problema insuperable the fact that we've suffered losses isn't an insurmountable problem
    2 that.
    me ha confesado que me quiere he has told me that he loves me
    3 than.
    es más rápido que tú he's quicker than you
    antes morir que vivir la guerra I'd rather die than live through a war
    tanto me lo pidió que se lo di he asked me for it so insistently that I gave it to him
    5 so (that).
    ven aquí que te vea come over here so (that) I can see you
    quiero que lo hagas I want you to do it
    espero que te diviertas I hope (that) you have fun
    7 if.
    que no quieres hacerlo, pues no pasa nada it doesn't matter if you don't want to do it
    8 or.
    quieras que no, harás lo que yo mando you'll do what I tell you, whether you like it or not
    pron.
    1 who, that (person).
    la mujer que me saluda the woman (who o that is) waving to me
    el que me lo compró the one who bought it from me
    la moto que me gusta the motorbike (that) I like
    el hombre, que decía llamarse Simón, era bastante sospechoso the man, who said he was called Simón, seemed rather suspicious
    el que más y el que menos every last one of us, all of us without exception
    2 who, whom (person).
    el hombre que conociste ayer the man (who o whom) you met yesterday
    la persona/el lugar que estás buscando the person/the place you're looking for
    ese libro es el que me quiero comprar that book is the one (that o which) I want to buy
    * * *
    1 that
    3 (deseo, mandato)
    ■ ¡que esperes un momento! wait a moment!
    ■ ¡que te diviertas! enjoy yourself!
    4 (duda, extrañeza)
    ■ ¿que no te hicieron pagar nada? (you say) they didn't make you pay anything?
    5 (causal, consecutiva)
    ■ ¡arriba, que ya son las ocho! get up, it's eight o'clock!
    6 (tanto si... como si...) whether... or not...
    ■ que llueva que no llueva, iremos de excursión whether it rains or not, we're going on a trip
    8 (final) so that
    ■ que te gusta, te lo quedas; que no te gusta, lo cambias if you like it, keep it; if you don't, you can change it
    ■ justicia pido, que no gracia I want justice, not mercy
    \
    ¿a que no? / ¿a que sí? right?, isn't that right?
    ¿a que no...? I bet you can't...!
    ¡con lo que...! you know how much...
    ■ ¡con lo que le gusta el queso y se lo han prohibido! you know how much he likes cheese, and now he's not allowed to have any!
    que si esto que si lo otro what with one thing and the other
    ■ que si esto, que si lo otro, total que no lo ha traído what with one thing and another, in the end he didn't bring it
    ■ hace un frío que para qué it's really cold, it's so cold, it's freezing cold
    que yo sepa as far as I know
    yo que tú... if I were you...
    ————————
    1 (sujeto, persona) who, that; (cosa) that, which
    ■ este árbol, que parecía muerto en invierno, está rebrotando this tree, which looked dead in winter, is sprouting
    2 (complemento, persona) whom, who; (cosa) that, which
    ■ la pistola con que le hirieron era nuestra the gun with which he was wounded was ours, the gun he was wounded with was ours
    4 def art + que the one which, the one that
    * * *
    1. pron.
    1) that
    2) who
    4) whom
    2. conj.
    1) that, than
    2) let
    * * *
    I
    PRON REL
    1) [refiriéndose a personas]
    a) [como sujeto] who, that

    el hombre que vino ayer — the man who o that came yesterday

    b) [como complemento: a menudo se omite] that
    2) [refiriéndose a cosas]
    a) [como sujeto] that, which
    b) [como complemento: a menudo se omite] that, which

    el coche que compré — the car (that o which) I bought

    el libro del que te hablé — the book (that o which) I spoke to you about

    el día que ella nació — the day (when o that) she was born

    la cama en que pasé la noche — the bed in which I spent the night, the bed I spent the night in

    3)

    el/la/los/las que — ver el 8)

    4)

    lo que — ver lo I, 3)

    II
    CONJ
    1) [en subordinada sustantiva: a menudo se omite]
    a) + indic that
    b) + subjun that
    c)
    claro 2., 4)
    2) [en comparaciones]

    • eres igual que mi padre — you're just like my father

    • más que — more than

    • menos que — less than

    • prefiero estar aquí que en mi casa — I'd rather be here than at home

    • yo que tú — if I were you

    yo que tú, iría — I'd go, if I were you

    3) [expresando resultado]
    a) [a menudo se omite] that

    • tan... que, es tan grande que no lo puedo levantar — it's so big (that) I can't lift it

    • tanto... que, las manos le temblaban tanto que apenas podía escribir — her hands were shaking so much (that) she could hardly write

    b)
    bendición 2), primor 2)
    4) [expresando causa]

    llévate un paraguas, que está lloviendo — take an umbrella, it's raining

    no lo derroches, que es muy caro — don't waste it, it's very expensive

    ¡vamos, que cierro! — come on now, I'm closing!

    ¡cuidado, que te caes! — careful or you'll fall!, mind you don't fall!

    ¡suélteme, que voy a gritar! — let go or I'll scream!

    5) [expresando reiteración o insistencia]

    • ¡que sí!, -es verde -¡que no! -¡que sí! — "it's green" - "no it isn't!" - "yes it is!"

    -no funciona -que sí, es que lo haces mal — "it doesn't work" - "yes it does, you're just doing it wrong"

    6) [sin antecedente expreso]
    a) [expresando mandato]

    ¡que lo haga él! — let him do it!, he can do it himself!

    ¡que entre! — send him in!, let him come in!

    b) [expresando deseo]

    ¡que venga pronto! — let's hope he comes soon!

    ¡que te mejores! — get well soon!

    ¡que os guste la película! — enjoy the film!

    c) [expresando sorpresa]

    ¿que no estabas allí? — (are you telling me) you weren't there?

    7)

    • el que — + subjun (=el hecho de que) the fact that

    * * *
    I
    1) (introduciendo complemento, sujeto)
    a)

    que + INDIC — that

    ¿cuántos años crees que tiene? — how old do you think she is?

    eso de que estaba enfermo es mentira — (fam) this business about him being ill is a lie

    b)

    que + SUBJ: quiero que vengas I want you to come; lamento que no puedas quedarte I'm sorry (that) you can't stay; dice que no vayas she says you're not to go; ve a que te ayude tu padre go and get your father to help you; (el) que sea el jefe no significa... just because he's the boss doesn't mean...; es importante que quede claro it's important that it should be clear; sería una lástima que no vinieras — it would be a shame if you didn't come

    c)

    es que: es que hoy no voy a poder I'm afraid (that) I won't be able to today; es que no tengo dinero the trouble is I don't have any money; ¿es que eres sordo? — are you deaf or something?

    2)

    ¿que se casa? — she's getting married?

    ¿cómo que no vas a ir? — what do you mean, you're not going?

    que no, que no voy! — no! I'm not going!

    que sueltes, te digo! — I said, let go!

    ¿que dónde estaba? pues aquí — where was I? right here

    ¿que cómo me llamo? — what's my name?

    4)

    escóndete, que te van a ver — hide or they'll see you

    ven, que te peino — come here and let me comb your hair

    II

    los que viajan, que esperen aquí — those who are traveling, wait here

    es la/el que manda aquí — she's/he's the one who gives the orders here

    el paciente del que te hablé — the patient (that o who) I spoke to you about

    2) (refiriéndose a cosas, asuntos, etc)
    a) (sujeto) that, which

    la forma/el lugar en que ocurrió — the way/the place (in which) it happened

    ¿sabes lo difícil que fue? — do you know how hard it was?; ver tb lo I 2), 3)

    * * *
    = than, what, which, which, who, that.
    Ex. A synthetic scheme needs less categories or headings than an equivalent enumerative scheme.
    Ex. Before examining the two main means of constructing classification schedules it is as well to consider what the objective of the designer of a classification scheme should be.
    Ex. There are a number of features of a catalogue or index which benefit from some standardisation.
    Ex. There are a number of features of a catalogue or index which benefit from some standardisation.
    Ex. This started in 1980, and has around forty members who receive some support to cover telephone charges.
    Ex. The (F) operator specifies that terms must be in the same field of the same record, in any order.
    ----
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * de los que = whereof.
    * de qué se trata = what it's all about.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el que = the one.
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * en qué momento = at what point.
    * en qué punto = at what point.
    * hasta qué punto = the extent to which.
    * la que = the one.
    * lo que es más = what's more.
    * más... que... = more... than....
    * menos... que... = less... than....
    * no saber qué hacer = be at a nonplus.
    * o qué sé yo = or whatever.
    * por qué = why.
    * puesto que = for.
    * que abarca = girdling.
    * que actúa de apoyo = supporting.
    * que actúa de soporte = supporting.
    * que afecta a = surrounding.
    * que afecta a toda la empresa = enterprise-wide.
    * que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.
    * que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.
    * que afecta a varias generaciones = cross-generational.
    * que ahorran dinero = dollar-saving.
    * que amplia los horizontes = expansive.
    * que apoya moralmente = supportive.
    * que aquí presentamos = present.
    * que arde lentamente = smouldering [smoldering, -USA].
    * que atraviesa la ciudad = cross-town.
    * que avanza lentamente = crawling.
    * que avanza rápidamente = fast-moving, fast-developing.
    * que ayuda a recordar = memory-jogging.
    * que ayuda a refrescar la memoria = memory-jogging.
    * que baja los humos = humbling.
    * que bate todos los récords = record breaking.
    * que bota bien = bouncy [bouncier -comp., bounciest -sup.].
    * que busca el beneficio propio = self-serving.
    * que cambia con el tiempo = ever-changing [ever changing], time-variant, ever-shifting.
    * que cambia la vida = life-changing, life-altering.
    * que cambia rápidamente = rapid-fire.
    * que combina diferentes enseñanzas = multi-track [multitrack].
    * que combina diferentes tipos de recursos = multi-source [multi source].
    * que concede becas = grant-making.
    * que concede subsidios = grant-making.
    * que concierne a = surrounding.
    * que confiere cierto estatus social = status-conferring.
    * que confunde = confounding.
    * que conlleva = attendant, associated with.
    * que conserva su encanto natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].
    * que conserva su estado natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].
    * que consta de tres puntos = three-point.
    * que constituye un reto = challenging.
    * que consume mucha CPU = CPU intensive.
    * que consume mucha energía = energy-intensive, power-hungry.
    * que consume tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * que contengan los caracteres = hit by.
    * que contiene = therein.
    * que contiene muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * que contribuye a la predisposición = predisposing.
    * que coocurre = co-occurring.
    * que corroe por dentro = gnawing.
    * que crea adicción = addictive.
    * que crea hábito = addictive.
    * que crece despacio = slowly growing.
    * que crece hacia dentro = ingrown.
    * que cruza fronteras = boundary spanning.
    * que cubre hasta la rodilla = knee deep.
    * que cubre hasta los tobillos = ankle deep.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * que cuelga = hanging.
    * que cumple los requisitos = qualifying.
    * que da agua = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * que da miedo = scary [scarier -comp., scariest -sup.].
    * que da que pensar = sobering.
    * que da susto = scary [scarier -comp., scariest -sup.].
    * que da vida = life-giving.
    * que deja mucho al azar = hit-or-miss.
    * ¿qué demonios...? = what on (this) earth...?.
    * ¿qué demonios...? = What the heck...?.
    * que demuestra desequilibrio de carácter = off-balance.
    * que depende del tiempo = time-dependent.
    * que desee(n) = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.
    * que desempata = tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * ¿qué diablos...? = Heck!, What the heck...?.
    * que diferencia entre mayúscula y minúscula = case-sensitive.
    * que distingue entre mayúscula y minúscula = case-sensitive.
    * que distrae la atención = distracting.
    * que dura todo el año = year-round.
    * que el agua disuelve = water-fugitive.
    * ¿qué elegir? = which way to go?.
    * que encompasa = girdling.
    * que entran en juego = at play.
    * que era común anteriormente = once-common.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * que escapan a + Posesivo + control = beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * que escuece = itchy [itchier -comp., itchiest -sup.].
    * que espera demasiado = over expectant.
    * que está creciendo = growing.
    * que está en constante evolución = ever-evolving.
    * que están apareciendo = emerging.
    * que estrope el paisaje = eyesore.
    * que exalta los ánimos = inflammatory.
    * que excede + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * que expresa dos puntos de vista opuestos = bipolar [bi-polar].
    * que falta = missing.
    * que faltan = wanting.
    * que florece en primavera = spring-flowering.
    * ¡qué follón! = what a palaver!.
    * que fomenta = conducive (to).
    * que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.
    * que fue = one-time.
    * que fue común antes = once-common.
    * que fuera = once.
    * que fuerza los músculos = muscle-straining.
    * que funciona = working.
    * que funciona a base de órdenes = command-driven.
    * que funciona con electricidad = electrically-powered, electrically-operated.
    * que funciona con energía eólica = wind-powered.
    * que funciona con monedas = coin-operated, coin-op.
    * que funciona con pilas = battery-operated, battery-powered.
    * que funciona con vapor = steam-powered.
    * que funciona manualmente = manually operated.
    * ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.
    * que genera polémica = confrontational.
    * que gotea = leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup], leaking.
    * que guarde relación con = in keeping with.
    * que habla bien = elocuted.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * que hace entrar en calor = warming, warming.
    * que hace época = epoch-making.
    * que hace historia = history-making.
    * que hace la boca agua = mouth-watering.
    * qué hacer con (algo) = disposition, disposition.
    * que hacer reflexionar = provocative of.
    * ¿Qué ha dicho? = I beg your pardon?.
    * que ha sobrevivido = surviving.
    * que hay que dar muchas vueltas = circuitous.
    * que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.
    * que hizo época = epochal.
    * que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.
    * que incita a la reflexión = provocative of.
    * que induce a confusión = confounding.
    * que intervienen = at play.
    * que intimida = forbidding.
    * que invita a la reflexión = thought-provoking.
    * ¡qué jaleo! = what a palaver!.
    * ¡qué lástima! = what a pity!, what a pity!.
    * que le afecta a todo = crosscutting [cross cutting].
    * que le gusta arriesgarse = risk-taking.
    * que le gusta la mecánica = mechanically minded.
    * que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.
    * que levanta el ánimo = uplifting.
    * que levanta el espíritu = uplifting.
    * ¡qué lío! = what a palaver!.
    * que llega = incoming.
    * que llega hasta la cintura = waist high, waist deep, waist length.
    * que llega hasta los hombres = shoulder-length.
    * que lleva tiempo en cartelera = long-running.
    * que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.
    * que lo hace uno mismo = do-it-yourself (DIY).
    * que lo incluye todo = all-embracing.
    * que marca época = landmark.
    * que marca un hito = epoch-making.
    * qué más = what else.
    * qué me dices de... = what about....
    * que mejora el estatus social = status-enhancing.
    * que mejora la calidad de vida = life-enhancing.
    * que merece la pena = worthwhile.
    * que mezcla sensaciones = synesthetic, cross-sensory.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * que nace de = born out of.
    * ¿qué narices...? = What the heck...?.
    * que necesita bastante dedicación de personal = labour-intensive [labour intensive], staff-intensive [staff intensive].
    * que necesita bastante mano de obra = labour-intensive [labour intensive].
    * que necesita de un trabajo intelectual previo = knowledge-intensive.
    * que necesita la información = information-dependent.
    * que ni ama ni es amado = loveless.
    * que no absorbe el agua o la humedad = non-hygroscopic.
    * que no admite reserva = unreserved.
    * que no ajusta bien = ill-fitting.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * que no ayuda a distinguir = nondistinctive.
    * que no causa dolor = painless.
    * que no cierra bien = leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup], leaking.
    * que no conduce a nada = circuitous.
    * que no cuadra = unreconciled.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * que no daña el medio ambiente = environmentally friendly, environmentally sound, eco-friendly.
    * que no desaparece = lingering.
    * que no es de fiar = untrustworthy.
    * que no es de la India = non-Indic.
    * que no es libro de texto = non-textbook.
    * que no está en papel = non-paper [non paper].
    * que no es texto = non-text.
    * que no excluye otras posibilidades = non-exclusive.
    * que no fuma = non-smoking.
    * que no haya noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * que no llama la atención = inconspicuous.
    * que no ofrece doctorado = non-doctoral granting.
    * que no perdona = unforgiving.
    * que no perjudica el medio ambiente = environmentally friendly, environmentally sound.
    * que no perjudica el medio ambiente = eco-friendly.
    * que no pertenece a una confesión religiosa concreta = nondenominational [non-denominational].
    * que no pertenece a un sindicato = non-unionised.
    * que no posee ninguna conexión = disjoint.
    * que no queda bien = ill-fitting.
    * que no recibe enseñanza formal = out-of-school.
    * que no representa reto = unchallenging.
    * que no sea(n) = other than.
    * que no se hace añicos = shatterproof.
    * que no se ha cuestionado = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * que no se ha puesto en duda = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.
    * que no se puede comparar = incomparable.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.
    * que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.
    * que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.
    * que no se puede sacar en préstamo = non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que no se rompe en mil pedazos = shatterproof.
    * que no se utiliza = unused.
    * que nos rodea = ambient.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tienen que rendir cuentas a nadie = unaccountable.
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que no tiene que ver con el tema debatido = off-topic.
    * que no viene a cuento = off-topic.
    * que obstruye = obstructive.
    * que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.
    * que ocupa mucho espacio = space-consuming.
    * que ocupa poco espacio = space-saving.
    * que ocupa un puesto de mayor responsabilidad = senior.
    * ¿qué ocurre si... ? = what if... ?.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que padece de cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * que padece de peritonitis = peritonitic.
    * ¡qué palabras son esas! = watch your language!.
    * que parece dudoso = dubious-sounding.
    * que parece sospechoso = dubious-sounding.
    * que participan = at play.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?, What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous, unobserved.
    * que pasa inadvertido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasará a continuación? = What's next?, What's next?, What next?, What next?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que pela = piping hot, baking hot.
    * que perdura = lingering.
    * que permite desarrollar menús de consulta = menu-making.
    * que pica = itchy [itchier -comp., itchiest -sup.].
    * que pierde agua = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * que pincha = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * qué poco común = how odd.
    * que pone a Uno en su sitio = humbling.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * que prefiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.
    * que procede del exterior = inbound.
    * que produce ansiedad = anxiety-producing.
    * que progresa rápidamente = fast-moving.
    * que + Pronombre + recordar = to the best of + Posesivo + recollection.
    * que puede causar detención = arrestable.
    * que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * que puede volver a cerrarse herméticamente = resealable.
    * que queda = left-over [left over], surviving.
    * que queda mal = ill-fitting.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * que quiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.
    * ¡qué raro! = how strange!.
    * que raya = jarring.
    * que rebota bien = bouncy [bouncier -comp., bounciest -sup.].
    * que reduce el estrés = stress-reducing.
    * que resulta irreconocible = out of all recognition.
    * que retiene el calor = heat absorbing.
    * que reúne las condiciones = qualified.
    * que rodea = surrounding.
    * ¡qué rollo macabeo! = what a palaver!.
    * que rompe la armonía = eyesore.
    * que sabe lo que = who knows what.
    * que sale de = off.
    * que se abrocha por atrás = back-buttoning.
    * que se acerca = oncoming.
    * que se acumula = accruable.
    * que se alaba a uno mismo = self-congratulatory.
    * que se alquila = rentable.
    * que se aproxima = oncoming.
    * que se atiene a una norma = compliant (with).
    * que se autoperpetúa = self-perpetuating.
    * que se avecina = oncoming.
    * que se carga por la boca = muzzle-loading.
    * que se coloca en lo alto del televisor = set-top.
    * que se compra = priced.
    * que se concede en función de las necesidades económicas = means-tested.
    * que se congratula a sí mismo = self-congratulating.
    * que se contradice a sí mismo = self-contradicting.
    * que se cuentan por millones = numbered in millions.
    * que se denomina a si mismo = self-proclaimed.
    * que se derrama = overflowing.
    * que se derrite en la boca = mellow [mellower -comp., mellowest -sup.].
    * que se desarrollan = at play.
    * que se descompone en migajas = crumby.
    * que se desmenuza fácilmente = crumbly [crumblier -comp., crumbliest -sup.].
    * que se desmigaja fácilmente = crumbly [crumblier -comp., crumbliest -sup.].
    * que se encuentra en la naturaleza = naturally-occurring.
    * que se enrolla = roll-up [rollup].
    * que se entrecruzan = intertwined.
    * que se está desarrollando = evolving.
    * que se está descascarillando = flaking.
    * que se está desintegrando = crumbling, disintegrating.
    * que se está examinando = under review.
    * que se está hundiendo = sinking.
    * que se está investigando = under investigation.
    * que se está pelando = flaking.
    * que se explica por sí mismo = self-explanatory [self explanatory/selfexplanatory].
    * que se expresa bien = articulate.
    * que se gestiona a sí mismo = self-managed.
    * que se guía por sí mismo = self-guiding.
    * que se inicie la contienda = let battle commence.
    * que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.
    * que se lleva gestando hace tiempo = long-simmering.
    * (que se menciona) a continuación = below.
    * que se necesita urgentemente = sorely needed.
    * que se organiza a sí mismo = self-organising [self-organizing, -USA].
    * que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.
    * que se piensa = perceived.
    * que se puede aplicar a rajatabla = hard and fast, ironclad [iron-clad].
    * que se puede arreglar = fixable.
    * que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].
    * que se puede clasificar = classifiable.
    * que se puede compartir = shareable.
    * que se puede conocer = knowable.
    * que se puede consultar = queriable.
    * que se puede contestar = answerable.
    * que se puede copiar = downloadable.
    * que se puede distribuir = redistributable.
    * que se puede enviar = deliverable.
    * que se puede escuchar = playable.
    * que se puede especificar = specifiable.
    * que se puede evitar = avoidable.
    * que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.
    * que se puede identicar con un término = nameable.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * que se puede lavar con lejía = bleachable.
    * que se puede obtener = obtainable.
    * que se puede quitar = detachable, removable.
    * que se puede reservar = bookable.
    * que se puede responder = answerable.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * que se recuerde = in living memory.
    * que se repite = repetitious.
    * que se repite una y otra vez = recurring.
    * que se solapan = overlapping.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * que se vende = priced.
    * que siempre va a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * que sienta precedente = landmark.
    * que sigue = ensuing.
    * que sigue la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * que sigue una norma = compliant (with).
    * que siguió = ensuing.
    * ¿qué si no...? = what else but...?.
    * que sobrepasa + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * que sobresale = protruding.
    * que sólo se hace una vez = once-off.
    * que suena = ringing.
    * ¡Qué suerte! = What luck!, What luck!.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * que surge de = born out of.
    * qué te parece que... = what about....
    * que tiene el cenizo = jinxed.
    * que tiene el gafe = jinxed.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que trabaja desde casa = home-based.
    * que trabajan para él = in its employ.
    * que transmite información = information-bearing.
    * que trata de = surrounding.
    * que tuvo lugar a continuación = ensuing.
    * que uno sigue a su propio ritmo = self-paced, self-guided.
    * que usa el estándar MIME = MIME-compliant.
    * que utiliza el tiempo como variable = time-dependent.
    * que utiliza muchos recursos = resource-intensive.
    * que vale la pena = worthwhile.
    * que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.
    * ¡qué verdad que es! = how true!.
    * que viene = incoming, next + Expresión Temporal.
    * que viene de largo = long-running.
    * que viene el lobo = crying wolf.
    * que vuela bajo = low-flying.
    * ¡que + Pronombre + zurcir! = be damned!.
    * quién sabe lo que = who knows what.
    * quién sabe qué = who knows what.
    * sin importar qué = no matter what/which.
    * sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].
    * tal que = such that.
    * un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.
    * ¿Y ahora qué? = What's next?, What next?.
    * ya que = for, in that.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.
    * * *
    I
    1) (introduciendo complemento, sujeto)
    a)

    que + INDIC — that

    ¿cuántos años crees que tiene? — how old do you think she is?

    eso de que estaba enfermo es mentira — (fam) this business about him being ill is a lie

    b)

    que + SUBJ: quiero que vengas I want you to come; lamento que no puedas quedarte I'm sorry (that) you can't stay; dice que no vayas she says you're not to go; ve a que te ayude tu padre go and get your father to help you; (el) que sea el jefe no significa... just because he's the boss doesn't mean...; es importante que quede claro it's important that it should be clear; sería una lástima que no vinieras — it would be a shame if you didn't come

    c)

    es que: es que hoy no voy a poder I'm afraid (that) I won't be able to today; es que no tengo dinero the trouble is I don't have any money; ¿es que eres sordo? — are you deaf or something?

    2)

    ¿que se casa? — she's getting married?

    ¿cómo que no vas a ir? — what do you mean, you're not going?

    que no, que no voy! — no! I'm not going!

    que sueltes, te digo! — I said, let go!

    ¿que dónde estaba? pues aquí — where was I? right here

    ¿que cómo me llamo? — what's my name?

    4)

    escóndete, que te van a ver — hide or they'll see you

    ven, que te peino — come here and let me comb your hair

    II

    los que viajan, que esperen aquí — those who are traveling, wait here

    es la/el que manda aquí — she's/he's the one who gives the orders here

    el paciente del que te hablé — the patient (that o who) I spoke to you about

    2) (refiriéndose a cosas, asuntos, etc)
    a) (sujeto) that, which

    la forma/el lugar en que ocurrió — the way/the place (in which) it happened

    ¿sabes lo difícil que fue? — do you know how hard it was?; ver tb lo I 2), 3)

    * * *
    = than, what, which, which, who, that.

    Ex: A synthetic scheme needs less categories or headings than an equivalent enumerative scheme.

    Ex: Before examining the two main means of constructing classification schedules it is as well to consider what the objective of the designer of a classification scheme should be.
    Ex: There are a number of features of a catalogue or index which benefit from some standardisation.
    Ex: There are a number of features of a catalogue or index which benefit from some standardisation.
    Ex: This started in 1980, and has around forty members who receive some support to cover telephone charges.
    Ex: The (F) operator specifies that terms must be in the same field of the same record, in any order.
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * ¿qué sentido tiene = what is/was the point of...?.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * de los que = whereof.
    * de qué se trata = what it's all about.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el que = the one.
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * en qué momento = at what point.
    * en qué punto = at what point.
    * hasta qué punto = the extent to which.
    * la que = the one.
    * lo que es más = what's more.
    * más... que... = more... than....
    * menos... que... = less... than....
    * no saber qué hacer = be at a nonplus.
    * o qué sé yo = or whatever.
    * por qué = why.
    * puesto que = for.
    * que abarca = girdling.
    * que actúa de apoyo = supporting.
    * que actúa de soporte = supporting.
    * que afecta a = surrounding.
    * que afecta a toda la empresa = enterprise-wide.
    * que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.
    * que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.
    * que afecta a varias generaciones = cross-generational.
    * que ahorran dinero = dollar-saving.
    * que amplia los horizontes = expansive.
    * que apoya moralmente = supportive.
    * que aquí presentamos = present.
    * que arde lentamente = smouldering [smoldering, -USA].
    * que atraviesa la ciudad = cross-town.
    * que avanza lentamente = crawling.
    * que avanza rápidamente = fast-moving, fast-developing.
    * que ayuda a recordar = memory-jogging.
    * que ayuda a refrescar la memoria = memory-jogging.
    * que baja los humos = humbling.
    * que bate todos los récords = record breaking.
    * que bota bien = bouncy [bouncier -comp., bounciest -sup.].
    * que busca el beneficio propio = self-serving.
    * que cambia con el tiempo = ever-changing [ever changing], time-variant, ever-shifting.
    * que cambia la vida = life-changing, life-altering.
    * que cambia rápidamente = rapid-fire.
    * que combina diferentes enseñanzas = multi-track [multitrack].
    * que combina diferentes tipos de recursos = multi-source [multi source].
    * que concede becas = grant-making.
    * que concede subsidios = grant-making.
    * que concierne a = surrounding.
    * que confiere cierto estatus social = status-conferring.
    * que confunde = confounding.
    * que conlleva = attendant, associated with.
    * que conserva su encanto natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].
    * que conserva su estado natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].
    * que consta de tres puntos = three-point.
    * que constituye un reto = challenging.
    * que consume mucha CPU = CPU intensive.
    * que consume mucha energía = energy-intensive, power-hungry.
    * que consume tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * que contengan los caracteres = hit by.
    * que contiene = therein.
    * que contiene muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * que contribuye a la predisposición = predisposing.
    * que coocurre = co-occurring.
    * que corroe por dentro = gnawing.
    * que crea adicción = addictive.
    * que crea hábito = addictive.
    * que crece despacio = slowly growing.
    * que crece hacia dentro = ingrown.
    * que cruza fronteras = boundary spanning.
    * que cubre hasta la rodilla = knee deep.
    * que cubre hasta los tobillos = ankle deep.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * que cuelga = hanging.
    * que cumple los requisitos = qualifying.
    * que da agua = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * que da miedo = scary [scarier -comp., scariest -sup.].
    * que da que pensar = sobering.
    * que da susto = scary [scarier -comp., scariest -sup.].
    * que da vida = life-giving.
    * que deja mucho al azar = hit-or-miss.
    * ¿qué demonios...? = what on (this) earth...?.
    * ¿qué demonios...? = What the heck...?.
    * que demuestra desequilibrio de carácter = off-balance.
    * que depende del tiempo = time-dependent.
    * que desee(n) = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.
    * que desempata = tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * ¿qué diablos...? = Heck!, What the heck...?.
    * que diferencia entre mayúscula y minúscula = case-sensitive.
    * que distingue entre mayúscula y minúscula = case-sensitive.
    * que distrae la atención = distracting.
    * que dura todo el año = year-round.
    * que el agua disuelve = water-fugitive.
    * ¿qué elegir? = which way to go?.
    * que encompasa = girdling.
    * que entran en juego = at play.
    * que era común anteriormente = once-common.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * que escapan a + Posesivo + control = beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * que escuece = itchy [itchier -comp., itchiest -sup.].
    * que espera demasiado = over expectant.
    * que está creciendo = growing.
    * que está en constante evolución = ever-evolving.
    * que están apareciendo = emerging.
    * que estrope el paisaje = eyesore.
    * que exalta los ánimos = inflammatory.
    * que excede + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * que expresa dos puntos de vista opuestos = bipolar [bi-polar].
    * que falta = missing.
    * que faltan = wanting.
    * que florece en primavera = spring-flowering.
    * ¡qué follón! = what a palaver!.
    * que fomenta = conducive (to).
    * que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.
    * que fue = one-time.
    * que fue común antes = once-common.
    * que fuera = once.
    * que fuerza los músculos = muscle-straining.
    * que funciona = working.
    * que funciona a base de órdenes = command-driven.
    * que funciona con electricidad = electrically-powered, electrically-operated.
    * que funciona con energía eólica = wind-powered.
    * que funciona con monedas = coin-operated, coin-op.
    * que funciona con pilas = battery-operated, battery-powered.
    * que funciona con vapor = steam-powered.
    * que funciona manualmente = manually operated.
    * ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.
    * que genera polémica = confrontational.
    * que gotea = leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup], leaking.
    * que guarde relación con = in keeping with.
    * que habla bien = elocuted.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * que hace entrar en calor = warming, warming.
    * que hace época = epoch-making.
    * que hace historia = history-making.
    * que hace la boca agua = mouth-watering.
    * qué hacer con (algo) = disposition, disposition.
    * que hacer reflexionar = provocative of.
    * ¿Qué ha dicho? = I beg your pardon?.
    * que ha sobrevivido = surviving.
    * que hay que dar muchas vueltas = circuitous.
    * que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.
    * que hizo época = epochal.
    * que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.
    * que incita a la reflexión = provocative of.
    * que induce a confusión = confounding.
    * que intervienen = at play.
    * que intimida = forbidding.
    * que invita a la reflexión = thought-provoking.
    * ¡qué jaleo! = what a palaver!.
    * ¡qué lástima! = what a pity!, what a pity!.
    * que le afecta a todo = crosscutting [cross cutting].
    * que le gusta arriesgarse = risk-taking.
    * que le gusta la mecánica = mechanically minded.
    * que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.
    * que levanta el ánimo = uplifting.
    * que levanta el espíritu = uplifting.
    * ¡qué lío! = what a palaver!.
    * que llega = incoming.
    * que llega hasta la cintura = waist high, waist deep, waist length.
    * que llega hasta los hombres = shoulder-length.
    * que lleva tiempo en cartelera = long-running.
    * que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.
    * que lo hace uno mismo = do-it-yourself (DIY).
    * que lo incluye todo = all-embracing.
    * que marca época = landmark.
    * que marca un hito = epoch-making.
    * qué más = what else.
    * qué me dices de... = what about....
    * que mejora el estatus social = status-enhancing.
    * que mejora la calidad de vida = life-enhancing.
    * que merece la pena = worthwhile.
    * que mezcla sensaciones = synesthetic, cross-sensory.
    * que mira al sur = south facing.
    * que nace de = born out of.
    * ¿qué narices...? = What the heck...?.
    * que necesita bastante dedicación de personal = labour-intensive [labour intensive], staff-intensive [staff intensive].
    * que necesita bastante mano de obra = labour-intensive [labour intensive].
    * que necesita de un trabajo intelectual previo = knowledge-intensive.
    * que necesita la información = information-dependent.
    * que ni ama ni es amado = loveless.
    * que no absorbe el agua o la humedad = non-hygroscopic.
    * que no admite reserva = unreserved.
    * que no ajusta bien = ill-fitting.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * que no ayuda a distinguir = nondistinctive.
    * que no causa dolor = painless.
    * que no cierra bien = leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup], leaking.
    * que no conduce a nada = circuitous.
    * que no cuadra = unreconciled.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * que no daña el medio ambiente = environmentally friendly, environmentally sound, eco-friendly.
    * que no desaparece = lingering.
    * que no es de fiar = untrustworthy.
    * que no es de la India = non-Indic.
    * que no es libro de texto = non-textbook.
    * que no está en papel = non-paper [non paper].
    * que no es texto = non-text.
    * que no excluye otras posibilidades = non-exclusive.
    * que no fuma = non-smoking.
    * que no haya noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * que no llama la atención = inconspicuous.
    * que no ofrece doctorado = non-doctoral granting.
    * que no perdona = unforgiving.
    * que no perjudica el medio ambiente = environmentally friendly, environmentally sound.
    * que no perjudica el medio ambiente = eco-friendly.
    * que no pertenece a una confesión religiosa concreta = nondenominational [non-denominational].
    * que no pertenece a un sindicato = non-unionised.
    * que no posee ninguna conexión = disjoint.
    * que no queda bien = ill-fitting.
    * que no recibe enseñanza formal = out-of-school.
    * que no representa reto = unchallenging.
    * que no sea(n) = other than.
    * que no se hace añicos = shatterproof.
    * que no se ha cuestionado = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * que no se ha puesto en duda = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.
    * que no se puede comparar = incomparable.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.
    * que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.
    * que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.
    * que no se puede sacar en préstamo = non-circulating [noncirculating].
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que no se rompe en mil pedazos = shatterproof.
    * que no se utiliza = unused.
    * que nos rodea = ambient.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tienen que rendir cuentas a nadie = unaccountable.
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que no tiene que ver con el tema debatido = off-topic.
    * que no viene a cuento = off-topic.
    * que obstruye = obstructive.
    * que ocupa la mejor posición = best-positioned.
    * que ocupa mucho espacio = space-consuming.
    * que ocupa poco espacio = space-saving.
    * que ocupa un puesto de mayor responsabilidad = senior.
    * ¿qué ocurre si... ? = what if... ?.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que padece de cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * que padece de peritonitis = peritonitic.
    * ¡qué palabras son esas! = watch your language!.
    * que parece dudoso = dubious-sounding.
    * que parece sospechoso = dubious-sounding.
    * que participan = at play.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?, What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous, unobserved.
    * que pasa inadvertido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasará a continuación? = What's next?, What's next?, What next?, What next?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que pela = piping hot, baking hot.
    * que perdura = lingering.
    * que permite desarrollar menús de consulta = menu-making.
    * que pica = itchy [itchier -comp., itchiest -sup.].
    * que pierde agua = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * que pincha = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * qué poco común = how odd.
    * que pone a Uno en su sitio = humbling.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * que prefiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.
    * que procede del exterior = inbound.
    * que produce ansiedad = anxiety-producing.
    * que progresa rápidamente = fast-moving.
    * que + Pronombre + recordar = to the best of + Posesivo + recollection.
    * que puede causar detención = arrestable.
    * que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * que puede volver a cerrarse herméticamente = resealable.
    * que queda = left-over [left over], surviving.
    * que queda mal = ill-fitting.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * que quiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.
    * ¡qué raro! = how strange!.
    * que raya = jarring.
    * que rebota bien = bouncy [bouncier -comp., bounciest -sup.].
    * que reduce el estrés = stress-reducing.
    * que resulta irreconocible = out of all recognition.
    * que retiene el calor = heat absorbing.
    * que reúne las condiciones = qualified.
    * que rodea = surrounding.
    * ¡qué rollo macabeo! = what a palaver!.
    * que rompe la armonía = eyesore.
    * que sabe lo que = who knows what.
    * que sale de = off.
    * que se abrocha por atrás = back-buttoning.
    * que se acerca = oncoming.
    * que se acumula = accruable.
    * que se alaba a uno mismo = self-congratulatory.
    * que se alquila = rentable.
    * que se aproxima = oncoming.
    * que se atiene a una norma = compliant (with).
    * que se autoperpetúa = self-perpetuating.
    * que se avecina = oncoming.
    * que se carga por la boca = muzzle-loading.
    * que se coloca en lo alto del televisor = set-top.
    * que se compra = priced.
    * que se concede en función de las necesidades económicas = means-tested.
    * que se congratula a sí mismo = self-congratulating.
    * que se contradice a sí mismo = self-contradicting.
    * que se cuentan por millones = numbered in millions.
    * que se denomina a si mismo = self-proclaimed.
    * que se derrama = overflowing.
    * que se derrite en la boca = mellow [mellower -comp., mellowest -sup.].
    * que se desarrollan = at play.
    * que se descompone en migajas = crumby.
    * que se desmenuza fácilmente = crumbly [crumblier -comp., crumbliest -sup.].
    * que se desmigaja fácilmente = crumbly [crumblier -comp., crumbliest -sup.].
    * que se encuentra en la naturaleza = naturally-occurring.
    * que se enrolla = roll-up [rollup].
    * que se entrecruzan = intertwined.
    * que se está desarrollando = evolving.
    * que se está descascarillando = flaking.
    * que se está desintegrando = crumbling, disintegrating.
    * que se está examinando = under review.
    * que se está hundiendo = sinking.
    * que se está investigando = under investigation.
    * que se está pelando = flaking.
    * que se explica por sí mismo = self-explanatory [self explanatory/selfexplanatory].
    * que se expresa bien = articulate.
    * que se gestiona a sí mismo = self-managed.
    * que se guía por sí mismo = self-guiding.
    * que se inicie la contienda = let battle commence.
    * que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.
    * que se lleva gestando hace tiempo = long-simmering.
    * (que se menciona) a continuación = below.
    * que se necesita urgentemente = sorely needed.
    * que se organiza a sí mismo = self-organising [self-organizing, -USA].
    * que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.
    * que se piensa = perceived.
    * que se puede aplicar a rajatabla = hard and fast, ironclad [iron-clad].
    * que se puede arreglar = fixable.
    * que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].
    * que se puede clasificar = classifiable.
    * que se puede compartir = shareable.
    * que se puede conocer = knowable.
    * que se puede consultar = queriable.
    * que se puede contestar = answerable.
    * que se puede copiar = downloadable.
    * que se puede distribuir = redistributable.
    * que se puede enviar = deliverable.
    * que se puede escuchar = playable.
    * que se puede especificar = specifiable.
    * que se puede evitar = avoidable.
    * que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.
    * que se puede identicar con un término = nameable.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * que se puede lavar con lejía = bleachable.
    * que se puede obtener = obtainable.
    * que se puede quitar = detachable, removable.
    * que se puede reservar = bookable.
    * que se puede responder = answerable.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * que se recuerde = in living memory.
    * que se repite = repetitious.
    * que se repite una y otra vez = recurring.
    * que se solapan = overlapping.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * que se vende = priced.
    * que siempre va a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * que sienta precedente = landmark.
    * que sigue = ensuing.
    * que sigue la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * que sigue una norma = compliant (with).
    * que siguió = ensuing.
    * ¿qué si no...? = what else but...?.
    * que sobrepasa + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * que sobresale = protruding.
    * que sólo se hace una vez = once-off.
    * que suena = ringing.
    * ¡Qué suerte! = What luck!, What luck!.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * que surge de = born out of.
    * qué te parece que... = what about....
    * que tiene el cenizo = jinxed.
    * que tiene el gafe = jinxed.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que trabaja desde casa = home-based.
    * que trabajan para él = in its employ.
    * que transmite información = information-bearing.
    * que trata de = surrounding.
    * que tuvo lugar a continuación = ensuing.
    * que uno sigue a su propio ritmo = self-paced, self-guided.
    * que usa el estándar MIME = MIME-compliant.
    * que utiliza el tiempo como variable = time-dependent.
    * que utiliza muchos recursos = resource-intensive.
    * que vale la pena = worthwhile.
    * que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.
    * ¡qué verdad que es! = how true!.
    * que viene = incoming, next + Expresión Temporal.
    * que viene de largo = long-running.
    * que viene el lobo = crying wolf.
    * que vuela bajo = low-flying.
    * ¡que + Pronombre + zurcir! = be damned!.
    * quién sabe lo que = who knows what.
    * quién sabe qué = who knows what.
    * sin importar qué = no matter what/which.
    * sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].
    * tal que = such that.
    * un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.
    * ¿Y ahora qué? = What's next?, What next?.
    * ya que = for, in that.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.

    * * *
    que1
    ¿puede demostrar que estuvo allí? can you prove (that) you were there?
    creemos que ésta es la única solución viable we believe that this is the only viable solution, we believe this to be the only viable solution
    estoy seguro de que vendrá I'm sure she'll come
    ¿cuántos años crees que tiene? how old do you think she is?
    me preguntó que quién era yo he asked me who I was
    dice Javier que dónde está la tijera Javier wants to know where the scissors are, Javier says where are the scissors? ( colloq)
    lo raro que lo pronuncia the strange way he pronounces it
    que + SUBJ:
    quiero que vengas I want you to come
    lamento que no puedas quedarte I'm sorry (that) you can't stay
    dice que apagues la luz he says you're to turn the light off
    que yo sepa aún no han llegado as far as I know they still haven't arrived
    ve a que te ayude tu padre go and get your father to help you
    está claro que no te gusta it's obvious that you don't like it, you obviously don't like it
    eso de que estaba enfermo es mentira ( fam); this business about him being ill is a lie
    que + SUBJ:
    (el) que sea el jefe no significa … the fact that he's the boss doesn't mean …, just because he's the boss doesn't mean …
    lo más importante es que quede claro the most important thing is for it to be clear o is that it should be clear
    sería una pena que no pudieses venir it would be a pity if you couldn't come
    3
    es que: es que hoy no voy a poder the thing is o I'm afraid (that) I won't be able to today
    me gustaría ir, pero es que no tengo dinero I'd like to go, the trouble is I don't have any money
    pero ¿es que eres sordo? are you deaf or something?
    1
    (en expresiones de deseo, advertencia): ¡que te mejores! I hope you feel better soon
    ¡que se diviertan! have a good time!
    por mí que se muera he can drop dead for all I care
    y que no tenga que repetírtelo and I don't want to have to tell you again
    2
    (en expresiones de mandato): ¡que te calles! shut up! ( colloq)
    ¡que pase el siguiente! next please!
    3
    (en expresiones de concesión, permiso): si quiere, que se quede let him stay if he wants to, he can stay if he wants to
    4
    (en expresiones de sorpresa): ¿que se casa? she's getting married?
    ¿cómo que no vas a ir? what do you mean, you're not going?
    5
    (en expresiones de indignación): ¡que tengamos que aguantarle esto! to think we have to put up with this from him!
    1
    (reafirmando algo): ¡que no, que no voy! no, I tell you, I'm not going!, no! I'm not going!
    ¡que sueltes, te digo! I said, let go!
    2
    (respondiendo a una pregunta): ¿que dónde estaba? pues aquí, no me he movido de casa where was I? right here, I haven't left the house
    ¿que qué hago yo aquí? ¡pero si ésta es mi casa! what do you mean, what am I doing here? this is my house!
    3
    (indicando persistencia): estuvimos todo el día corre que te corre we spent the whole day rushing around
    D
    1
    (introduciendo una razón): escóndete, que te van a ver hide or they'll see you, hide, they'll see you
    ven, que te peino come here and let me comb your hair
    se parecen tanto que apenas los distingo they're so alike (that) I can hardly tell them apart
    canta que da gusto she sings beautifully
    está que da pena verlo he's in a sorry state
    E
    (en comparaciones): su casa es más grande que la mía his house is bigger than mine
    tengo la misma edad que tú I'm the same age as you
    quiera que no, deberá reconocerlo like it or not, he'll have to accept it, he'll have to accept it, whether he likes it o not
    yo que tú no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you
    G ( arc)
    (expresando contraste): justicia pido, que no favores I ask for justice, not for favors
    que2
    1 ( sujeto) who
    los que estén cansados, que esperen aquí those who are tired o anyone who's tired, wait here
    los niños, que estaban cansados, se quedaron the children, who were tired, stayed behind
    no conozco a nadie que tenga piscina I don't know anyone who has a swimming pool
    el hombre que está sentado en la arena the man (who's) sitting on the sand
    ésa es Cecilia, la que acaba de entrar that's Cecilia, the one who's just come in
    todo el que no esté de acuerdo, que lo diga anyone who disagrees should say so, if anyone disagrees, please say so
    aquí la que manda es mi madre my mother's the one who gives the orders here
    todas las chicas que entrevistamos all the girls (that o who) we interviewed, all the girls whom we interviewed ( frml)
    es el único al que no le han pagado he's the only one who hasn't been paid
    la sentaron al lado de Rodrigo, al que detestaba they sat her next to Rodrigo who o ( frml) whom she hated
    el paciente del que te hablé the patient (that o who) I spoke to you about
    B (refiriéndose a cosas, asuntos etc)
    1 ( sujeto) that, which
    la pieza que se rompió the part that o which broke
    eso es lo que me preocupa that's what worries me
    me contaron lo que pasó they told me what happened
    el disco que le regalé the record (which o that) I gave her
    tiene mucha flema, como buen inglés que es he's very phlegmatic, good Englishman that he is
    ¿sabes lo difícil que fue? do you know how hard it was?
    ver tb lo1 art B. (↑ lo (1)), que1 conj C. (↑ que (1))
    me dormí de tan cansada que estaba I was so tired (that) I fell asleep o I fell asleep, I was so tired
    la forma en que lo dijo the way (that o in which) she said it
    el día (en) que llegaron the day (that o on which) they arrived
    la época en (la) que ocurrió the period in which it took place, the period (that) it took place in
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    que    
    qué
    que conjunción
    1 ( oraciones subordinadas)
    a) that;


    estoy seguro de que vendrá I'm sure (that) she'll come;
    ¿cuántos años crees que tiene? how old do you think she is?;
    eso de que estaba enfermo es mentira (fam) this business about him being ill is a lie;
    quiero que vengas I want you to come;
    dice que no vayas she says you're not to go;
    es importante que quede claro it's important that it should be clear;
    sería una lástima que no vinieras it would be a shame if you didn't come
    b)

    ◊ es que: es que hoy no voy a poder I'm afraid (that) I won't be able to today;

    es que no tengo dinero the trouble is I don't have any money
    2

    ◊ ¡que te mejores! I hope you feel better soon;

    ¡que se diviertan! have a good time!;
    ver tb ir v aux 2

    ◊ ¡que te calles! shut up! (colloq);

    ¡que no! I said no!

    ◊ ¿que se casa? she's getting married?;

    ¿cómo que no vas a ir? what do you mean, you're not going?


    y aquí llueve que llueve and over here it just rains and rains
    3 ( introduciendo una consecuencia) that;

    4 ( en comparaciones):

    tengo la misma edad que tú I'm the same age as you
    5 (fam) ( en oraciones condicionales) if;

    ■ pronombre
    1 ( refiriéndose a personas)
    a) ( sujeto) who;


    es la que manda aquí she's the one who gives the orders here


    las chicas que entrevistamos the girls (that o who) we interviewed;
    el único al que no le han pagado the only one who hasn't been paid;
    la persona de la que te hablé the person (that o who) I spoke to you about
    2 (refiriéndose a cosas, asuntos, etc)
    a) ( sujeto) that, which;

    ◊ la pieza que se rompió the part that o which broke;

    eso es lo que me preocupa that's what worries me

    ◊ el disco que le regalé the record (which o that) I gave her;

    la casa en que vivo the house (that) I live in;
    ¿sabes lo difícil que fue? do you know how hard it was?;
    ver tb lo art 2 b
    qué pronombre
    1 ( interrogativo)
    a) what;

    ◊ ¿que es eso? what's that?;

    ¿y que? so what?;
    ¿de que habló? what did she talk about?;
    ¿sabes que? you know what o something?;
    no sé que hacer I don't know what to do

    ◊ ¿qué? what?

    c) ( en saludos):

    ◊ ¿que tal? how are you?;

    ¿que es de tu vida? how's life?
    2 ( en exclamaciones):
    ◊ ¡que va a ser abogado ese! him, a lawyer?;

    ver tb ir V 1
    ■ adjetivo
    1 ( interrogativo) what, which;
    ◊ ¿que color quieres? what o which color do you want?

    2 ( en exclamaciones) what;
    ◊ ¡que noche! what a night!

    ■ adverbio:
    ◊ ¡que lindo! how lovely!;

    ¡que inteligente eres! aren't you clever!;
    ¡que bien (que) se está aquí! it's so nice here!;
    ¡que bien! great!, good!
    que
    I pron rel
    1 (de persona) (como sujeto) who: la mujer que vendió el coche, the woman who sold the car
    (como objeto de relativo) who, frml whom: su esposa, a la que admiraba, era muy amable, his wife, whom I admired, was very kind
    la niña con la que juega, the girl (that o who o se omite) she plays with
    el hombre del que hablé, the man of whom I spoke
    2 (de cosa) (como sujeto) that, which
    lo que, what: esto es lo que ocurrió, this is what happened
    la casa que se incendió, the house (which o that) was burned down
    (como complemento) el reloj que compró, the watch (which o that) he bought
    la casa en la que vive ahora, the house where he lives now
    II conj
    1 (introducción de sujeto o complemento) (se omite o that) creo que va a llover, I think (that) it's going to rain
    2 (expresión de deseo, mandato, etc) (se omite) que tengas un buen día, have a nice day
    3 (consecución) (se omite o that) hacía tanto frío que me quedé en casa, it was so cold (that) I stayed at home
    4 (comparación) than: su coche es mejor que el mío, his car is better than mine
    5 (condicional) yo que tú iría, if I were you, I would go
    6 (uso enfático) que sí, que iré al cine contigo, of course I'll go to the cinema with you
    qué
    I adjetivo
    1 (pron interrogativo) what, which: ¿qué has comprado?, what have you bought?
    ¿qué color prefieres?, which colour do you prefer?
    2 (pron excl) what, how: ¡qué de gente!, what a lot of people!
    ¡qué suerte tienes! how lucky you are!
    ¡qué vergüenza!, what a disgrace!
    II adv excl so: ¡qué buenas que son!, they are so good!

    ' que' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abalanzarse
    - abandonar
    - abarcar
    - abaratarse
    - ablandar
    - abonarse
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - abrirse
    - absoluta
    - absolutamente
    - absoluto
    - abundar
    - aburrida
    - aburrido
    - aburrimiento
    - acabar
    - acabose
    - acaparador
    - acaparadora
    - acariciar
    - acarrear
    - acercarse
    - acholada
    - acholado
    - achuchar
    - aclimatarse
    - acompañar
    - acopio
    - actuación
    - actual
    - actualizar
    - acuerdo
    - adelante
    - adelgazar
    - adentro
    - adicta
    - adicto
    - adivinar
    - administración
    - admitir
    - adorno
    - advertir
    - aferrarse
    - afín
    - aflojar
    - agradar
    - agrado
    - aguatera
    English:
    A
    - aback
    - ablaze
    - abortion
    - about
    - absent
    - accept
    - acceptable
    - accordance
    - account
    - account for
    - accountable
    - accustom
    - acknowledge
    - action
    - actual
    - actually
    - ad-lib
    - adapt
    - add on
    - address
    - adjust
    - admit
    - admittedly
    - advise
    - affirmative
    - afraid
    - afresh
    - after
    - agenda
    - agree
    - ahead
    - aid
    - alive
    - all
    - allege
    - allow
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - alone
    - aloud
    - alphabetically
    - already
    - also
    - alter
    - alternative
    - ambit
    - amenities
    - amicable
    - amiss
    * * *
    ♦ pron relativo
    1. (sujeto) [persona] who, that;
    [cosa] that, which;
    la mujer que me saluda the woman (who o that is) waving to me;
    el que me lo compró the one o person who bought it from me;
    el hombre, que decía llamarse Simón, era bastante sospechoso the man, who said he was called Simón, seemed rather suspicious;
    ¿hay alguien que tenga un encendedor? does anyone have a lighter?;
    la moto que me gusta the motorbike (that) I like;
    hace natación, que es muy sano she swims, which is very good for your health;
    la salsa fue lo que más me gustó the sauce was the bit I liked best;
    el que más y el que menos every last one of us/them, all of us/them without exception
    2. (complemento directo) (se puede omitir en inglés) [persona] who, Formal whom;
    [cosa] that, which;
    el hombre que conociste ayer the man (who o whom) you met yesterday;
    la persona/el lugar que estás buscando the person/the place you're looking for;
    eres de los pocos a los que invitaron you're one of the few people (who) they invited;
    esa casa es la que o [m5] esa es la casa que me quiero comprar that house is the one (that) I want to buy, that's the house (that) I want to buy;
    eso es todo lo que sé that's all o everything I know
    3. (complemento indirecto) (se puede omitir en inglés)
    al que, a la que, a los/las que (to) who, Formal (to) whom;
    ese es el chico al que presté dinero that's the boy (who) I lent some money to, that's the boy (to) whom I lent some money
    4. (complemento circunstancial)
    la playa a la que fui the beach where I went, the beach I went to;
    la mujer con/de la que hablas the woman (who) you are talking to/about;
    la mesa en la que escribes the table on which you are writing, the table you are writing on;
    la manera o [m5] forma en que lo dijo the way (in which) she said it;
    (en) que [indicando tiempo] when;
    el día (en) que me fui the day (when) I left;
    el año (en) que nos conocimos the year (when) we first met
    5. [en frases]
    en lo que tú te arreglas, yo recojo la cocina I'll tidy the kitchen up while you're getting ready
    ♦ conj
    1. (con oraciones de sujeto) that;
    es importante que me escuches it's important that you listen to me, it's important for you to listen to me;
    que haya pérdidas no significa que vaya a haber despidos the fact that we've suffered losses doesn't mean anyone is going to lose their job;
    sería mejor que no se lo dijeras it would be better if you didn't tell her;
    se suponía que era un secreto it was supposed to be a secret
    2. (con oraciones de complemento directo) that;
    me ha confesado que me quiere he has told me that he loves me;
    creo que no iré I don't think (that) I'll go;
    procura que no se te escape el perro try and make sure (that) the dog doesn't get away from you;
    intentamos que todos estén contentos we try to keep everybody happy;
    me dijeron que me quedara en casa they told me to stay at home;
    me dijeron que dónde iba they asked me where I was going
    3. (después de preposición)
    estoy convencido de que es cierto I'm convinced (that) it's true;
    con que esté listo el jueves es suficiente as long as it's ready by Thursday, that'll be fine;
    estoy en contra de que siga en el cargo I'm opposed to him continuing in his job;
    sin que nadie se entere without anyone realizing;
    el hecho de que… the fact that…
    4. (comparativo) than;
    es más rápido que tú he's quicker than you;
    alcanza la misma velocidad que un tren convencional it can go as fast as a conventional train;
    trabaja el doble de horas que yo she works twice as many hours as me;
    antes morir que vivir la guerra otra vez I'd rather die than live through the war again
    5. [indica causa, motivo]
    hemos de esperar, que todavía no es la hora we'll have to wait, (as) it isn't time yet;
    no quiero café, que luego no duermo I won't have any coffee, it stops me from sleeping;
    baja la voz, que nos van a oír lower your voice or they'll hear us;
    el dólar ha subido, que lo oí en la radio the dollar has gone up, I heard it on the radio
    6. [indica consecuencia] that;
    tanto me lo pidió que se lo di he asked me for it so insistently that I gave it to him;
    ¡esta habitación huele que apesta! this room stinks!;
    mira si es grande que no cabe por la puerta it's so big it won't go through the door
    7. [indica finalidad] so (that);
    ven aquí que te vea come over here so (that) I can see you
    8. [indica deseo, mandato] that;
    espero que te diviertas I hope (that) you have fun;
    ¡que te diviertas! have fun!;
    quiero que lo hagas I want you to do it;
    Fam
    ¡que se vaya a la porra! she can go to hell!;
    por favor, que nadie se mueva de aquí please don't anybody go away from here;
    ¡que llamen a un médico! get them to call a doctor!
    9. [para reiterar, hacer hincapié]
    ¡que te doy un bofetón! do that again and I'll slap you!;
    ¿no vas a venir? – ¡que sí! aren't you coming? – of course I am!;
    ¿pero de verdad no quieres venir? – ¡que no! but do you really not want to come? – definitely not!;
    ¡que me dejes! just leave me alone!;
    ¡que pases te digo! but do come in, please!
    10. [para expresar contrariedad, enfado]
    ¡que tenga una que hacer estas cosas a sus años! that she should have to do such things at her age!
    11. (en oraciones interrogativas) [para expresar reacción a lo dicho]
    ¿que quiere venir? pues que venga so she wants to come? then let her;
    ¿que te han despedido? [con tono de incredulidad] you're telling me they've sacked you?;
    ¿cómo que dónde está? ¡donde siempre! what do you mean where is it? it's where it always is!
    12. [para explicar]
    es que… the thing is (that)…, it's just (that)…;
    es que yo ya tengo perro the thing is (that) o it's just (that) I already have a dog;
    ¿es que te da vergüenza? are you embarrassed (or what)?, is it that you're embarrassed?
    13. [indica hipótesis] if;
    que no quieres hacerlo, pues no pasa nada it doesn't matter if you don't want to do it;
    ¿que llueve? nos quedamos en casa if it rains, we'll just stay at home;
    ¿tú que él qué harías? what would you do if you were him o (if you were) in his shoes?
    14. [indica disyunción] or;
    quieras que no, harás lo que yo mando you'll do what I tell you, whether you like it or not;
    han tenido algún problema que otro they've had the odd problem
    15. [indica reiteración]
    estuvieron charla que te charla toda la mañana they were chatting o esp Br nattering away all morning;
    se pasó el día llora que te llora she cried and cried all day, she didn't stop crying all day
    * * *
    I pron rel sujeto: persona who, that; cosa which, that; complemento: persona that, whom fml ; cosa that, which;
    el coche que ves the car you can see, the car that o which you can see;
    el que the one that;
    la que the one that;
    lo que what
    II conj that;
    lo mismo que tú the same as you;
    ¡que entre! tell him to come in;
    ¡que descanses! sleep well;
    ¡que sí! I said yes;
    ¡que no! I said no;
    es que … the thing is …;
    yo que tú if I were you;
    ¡que no se repita! make sure it doesn’t happen again!;
    ¡que me pase esto a mí! I can’t believe this is happening to me!;
    eso sí que no definitely not!;
    * * *
    qué adv
    : how, what
    ¡qué bonito!: how pretty!
    qué adj
    : what, which
    ¿qué hora es?: what time is it?
    qué pron
    : what
    ¿qué quieres?: what do you want?
    que conj
    1) : that
    dice que está listo: he says that he's ready
    espero que lo haga: I hope that he does it
    2) : than
    más que nada: more than anything
    ¡que entre!: send him in!
    ¡que te vaya bien!: I wish you well!
    ¡cuidado, que te caes!: be careful, you're about to fall!
    no provoques al perro, que te va a morder: don't provoke the dog or (else) he'll bite
    5)
    es que : the thing is that, I'm afraid that
    6)
    yo que tú : if I were you
    que pron
    1) : who, that
    la niña que viene: the girl who is coming
    2) : whom, that
    los alumnos que enseñé: the students that I taught
    3) : that, which
    el carro que me gusta: the car that I like
    4)
    el (la, lo, las, los) que el, la, lo, los
    * * *
    que1 conj
    En las exclamaciones y algunas otras construcciones, que no se traduce
    ¡que lo pases bien! enjoy yourself! / have a good time!
    ahora no voy, que es demasiado tarde I'm not going now, it's too late
    dame la chaqueta, que te la cuelgue give me your jacket, I'll hang it up for you
    ¿a que...? I bet...
    ¿a que no sabes a quién vi ayer? I bet you don't know who I saw yesterday
    que2 pron
    el ganador, que tiene 25 años, es periodista the winner, who is 25, is a journalist who puede omitirse cuando va seguido del sujeto de un verbo
    la casa, que estaba vacía, se quemó the house, which was empty, burnt down which puede omitirse cuando va seguido del sujeto de un verbo

    Spanish-English dictionary > que

  • 4 wollen

    I Modalv.; will, wollte, hat (+ Inf.) wollen
    1. (beabsichtigen, wünschen) want to; (im Begriff sein zu) be about to; (werden) will; etw. haben wollen want s.th.; ich will lieber... I’d rather...; ich will es mir überlegen I’ll think about it; ich will es tun I’ll do it; ich will es nicht tun I won’t do it; ich will wissen, was los ist I’d like to know what’s going on; was ich sagen wollte (damit meinte) what I meant to say; (im Begriff war zu sagen) what I was going to say; was wollen Sie damit sagen? what do you mean (by that)?; schärfer: what are you getting at?; komme, was da wolle come what may; ich will mal oder ja nicht so sein umg., hum. out of the goodness of my heart; wenn ich alles glauben wollte, was man mir erzählt,... if I believed everything people tell me...; wir wollen sehen, wer hier bestimmt! drohend: we’ll see who’s boss around here
    2. drückt Zweifel aus: (behaupten) claim; (meinen) think; er will dich gesehen haben he says he saw you, he claims to have seen you, he thinks he saw you; keiner will es gewesen sein nobody’s admitting to (having done) it; er will alles besser wissen he thinks he knows it all; und du willst ein Tierfreund sein! and you call yourself an animal-lover!
    3. in Aufforderung, Wunsch: wollen Sie bitte... oder wenn Sie bitte... wollen would you please...; wollen Sie bitte einen Augenblick warten would you mind waiting for a minute?; alle Kandidaten wollen sich bitte im Büro melden would all candidates please report to the office; ich wollte dich bitten / fragen... I wanted to ask you; wir wollen beten! Priester: let us pray; wollen wir uns ( nicht) wieder vertragen? should(n’t) we try to make it up?; willst du wohl damit aufhören! will you stop that please; das will ich nicht gehört haben! I didn’t hear that; wenn es doch nur regnen wollte! if only it would rain!
    4. verstärkend: das will ich hoffen / meinen! I hope / I’ll say so; das will nichts / etwas heißen that means nothing / something; es will einfach oder will und will nicht schneien it absolutely refuses to snow; das will mir gar nicht gefallen I don’t like that one little bit
    5. (müssen): so etwas will gelernt / genau überlegt sein a thing like that has to be learned / thought about very carefully
    6. (bezwecken) be intended; diese Studie will zeigen, dass... this study is intended to show that...
    II vt/i; will, wollte, hat gewollt
    1. (wünschen) want; (verlangen) auch demand; (mögen) like; lieber wollen prefer; etw. unbedingt wollen insist on; ich will kein Geld dafür I don’t want any money for it; ich will nur meine Ruhe all I want is some peace and quiet; ich will nicht mehr I don’t want to any more; was wollen Sie von mir? what do you want (from me)?; was willst du noch? what more do you want?; er will, dass ich mitkomme he wants me to come with him; er weiß nicht, was er will he doesn’t know what he wants ( oder his own mind); er weiß, was er will he knows exactly what he wants; mach, was du willst! do what you like; wie du willst as you wish; ob er will oder nicht whether he likes it or not; so gern ich es auch will much as I’d like to; du kannst es, wenn du willst you can do it if you set your mind to it; du hast es ja so gewollt oder du willst es ja nicht anders! you asked for it; du hast hier gar nichts zu wollen! umg. you’ve got no say in the matter, what you want doesn’t count; ich wollte, es wäre so! I wish it were so; da ist nichts mehr zu wollen umg. there’s nothing anyone can do about it; nichts zu wollen! umg. nothing doing; was willst du ( denn), es ging doch alles gut what are you complaining about, it all went well; dann wollen wir mal umg. let’s get cracking then; dir will ich! umg. drohend: you’d better watch it; er will dir was umg. he’s got it in for you; was kann der mir schon wollen? what harm can he do me?; wer nicht will, der hat schon if you don’t like it, you can lump it; was du nicht willst, dass man dir tu, das füg auch keinem andern zu Sprichw. do as you would be done by, do unto others as you would have them do unto you
    2. (bereit sein) want to, be willing ( oder prepared) to; so Gott will God willing
    3. (beabsichtigen) mean, intend; ohne es zu wollen without meaning ( oder intending) to; Verzeihung, das wollte ich nicht! sorry, that was unintentional; was wollen Sie mit einem Regenschirm? what do you want an umbrella for?; gewollt etc.
    4. umg., irgendwohin: want to go; wohin willst du? where are you off to?; ich will nach Hause (bin auf dem Heimweg) I’m on my way home; (wäre gern zu Hause) I want to go home; sie will zum Theater fig. she wants to go on the stage
    5. fig.: das Schicksal / der Zufall wollte es, dass... fate / chance willed that...; diese Pflanzen wollen viel Wasser these plants need a lot of water; meine Beine wollen nicht mehr umg. my legs are giving up on me; der Motor will mal wieder nicht umg. the engine’s packed up again; die Uhr will nicht mehr umg. that clock has given up the ghost
    —
    Adj.; attr. wool(l)en
    * * *
    to be willing to ( Verb); to desire ( Verb); to wish ( Verb); woolen (Adj.); to want ( Verb); woollen (Adj.)
    * * *
    wọl|len I ['vɔlən]
    adj attr
    woollen (Brit), woolen (US) II ['vɔlən] pret wo\#llte ['vɔltə] ptp gewo\#llt [gə'vɔlt] wollen wird normalerweise mit to want übersetzt.
    1. HILFSVERB ptp wo\#llen
    1)

    = Willen haben sie will nach Hause gehen — she wants to go home

    was will man da schon machen/sagen? — what can you do/say?

    2)

    = beabsichtigen etw gerade tun wollen — to be going to do sth

    ich wollte schon gehen/gerade aufhören, als... — I was just going to leave/just about to stop when...

    es sieht aus, als wollte es regnen — it looks as if it's going to rain

    es will nicht besser/wärmer werden — it just won't get better/won't warm up

    3)

    = müssen das will alles genauestens überlegt sein or werden — it all has to be most carefully considered

    4)

    = zugeben, behaupten keiner wollte etwas gehört/gesehen haben — nobody would admit to hearing/seeing anything

    5)

    Wunsch das wolle Gott verhüten — heaven forbid

    6)

    Aufforderung wollen wir uns nicht setzen? — why don't we sit down?

    man wolle bitte... — would you kindly...

    na, wollen wir gehen? — well, shall we go?

    7)

    andere Wendungen komme, was da wolle — come what may

    sei er, wer er wolle — whoever he may be◆ es will...

    es will mir nicht einleuchten, warum — I really can't see why

    es will mir scheinen, dass... — it seems to me that...

    2. TRANSITIVES VERB
    1) = wünschen to want

    ich weiß nicht, was du willst, das ist doch ausgezeichnet — I don't know what you're on about, it's excellent

    2)

    = bezwecken was willst du mit dem Messer? — what are you doing with that knife?

    See:
    → auch gewollt
    3) = brauchen to want, to need
    3. INTRANSITIVES VERB
    1)

    = Willen haben er kann schon, wenn er nur will — he can (do it) if he really wants (to)

    man muss sich nur sagen: ich will — you only have to say: I will do it

    da ist nichts zu wollen — there is nothing we/you can do (about it)

    2)

    = bereit sein wenn er will — if he wants to

    3) = mögen to want to

    wollen, dass jd etw tut — to want sb to do sth

    ich wollte, ich wäre... — I wish I were...

    ob du willst oder nicht — whether you like it or not, whether you want to or notNach wenn, wer und wie wird wollen mit to like übersetzt.

    wenn du willst, machen wir das so — if you want to or if you like, we'll do it that way

    wer nicht will, der hat schon — if you don't/he doesn't like it, you/he can lump it (inf)

    4) = gehen wollen to want to go

    ich will nach Hause/hier raus/weg — I want to go home/to get out of here/to get away

    * * *
    1) (to be interested in having or doing, or to wish to have or do (something); to desire: Do you want a cigarette?; She wants to know where he is; She wants to go home.) want
    2) (used in requests or commands: Will you come into my office for a moment, please?; Will you please stop talking!) will
    3) (to require (to do or have something): Do you wish to sit down, sir?; We wish to book some seats for the theatre; I'll cancel the arrangement if you wish.) wish
    * * *
    Wol·len
    <-s>
    [ˈvɔlən]
    nt kein pl will, desire
    * * *
    I
    Adjektiv; nicht präd. woollen
    II 1.
    unregelmäßiges Modalverb; 2. Part. wollen
    1)

    etwas tun wollen — (den Wunsch haben, etwas zu tun) want to do something; (die Absicht haben, etwas zu tun) be going to do something

    was will man da machen? — (ugs.) what can you do?

    dann will ich nichts gesagt haben — (ugs.) I take it all back

    das will ich meinen! — (ugs.) I absolutely agree

    wollt ihr wohl Ruhe geben/damit aufhören! — (ugs.) will you be quiet/stop that!

    3)

    sie will es [nicht] gesehen haben — she claims [not] to have seen it

    4)

    die Wunde will [einfach] nicht heilen — the wound [just] won't heal

    es will [einfach] nicht gelingen — it just won't work

    5)

    etwas will getan sein — something needs or (coll.) has got to be done

    6)
    7)

    das will nichts heißen/nicht viel sagen — that doesn't mean anything/much

    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1)

    du musst nur wollen, dann geht es auch — you only have to want to enough or have the will, then it's possible

    [ganz] wie du willst — just as you like

    wenn du willst, könnten wir... — if you want [to], we could...

    das ist, wenn man so will,... — that is, if you like,...

    [na] dann wollen wir mal! — (ugs.) [right,] let's get started!

    2) (ugs.): (irgendwohin zu gehen wünschen)

    ich will nach Hause/ans Meer — I want to go home/to go to the seaside

    3) verneint (ugs.): (funktionieren)

    seine Beine/Gelenke/Augen wollen nicht mehr — his legs/joints/eyes just aren't up to it any more

    3.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) want

    wollen, dass jemand etwas tut — want somebody to do something

    da ist nichts [mehr] zu wollen — (ugs.) there's nothing we/you etc. can do about it

    ich wollte, er wäre hier/es wäre vorbei — I wish he were here/it were over

    2)

    jemandem nichts wollen können — (ugs.) be unable to harm somebody

    * * *
    wollen1
    A. v/mod; will, wollte, hat (+ inf) wollen
    1. (beabsichtigen, wünschen) want to; (im Begriff sein zu) be about to; (werden) will;
    ich will lieber … I’d rather …;
    ich will es mir überlegen I’ll think about it;
    ich will es tun I’ll do it;
    ich will es nicht tun I won’t do it;
    ich will wissen, was los ist I’d like to know what’s going on;
    was ich sagen wollte (damit meinte) what I meant to say; (im Begriff war zu sagen) what I was going to say;
    was wollen Sie damit sagen? what do you mean (by that)?; schärfer: what are you getting at?;
    komme, was da wolle come what may;
    ja nicht so sein umg, hum out of the goodness of my heart;
    wenn ich alles glauben wollte, was man mir erzählt, … if I believed everything people tell me …;
    wir wollen sehen, wer hier bestimmt! drohend: we’ll see who’s boss around here
    2. drückt Zweifel aus: (behaupten) claim; (meinen) think;
    er will dich gesehen haben he says he saw you, he claims to have seen you, he thinks he saw you;
    keiner will es gewesen sein nobody’s admitting to (having done) it;
    er will alles besser wissen he thinks he knows it all;
    und du willst ein Tierfreund sein! and you call yourself an animal-lover!
    3. in Aufforderung, Wunsch:
    wollen Sie bitte … oder
    wenn Sie bitte … wollen would you please …;
    wollen Sie bitte einen Augenblick warten would you mind waiting for a minute?;
    alle Kandidaten wollen sich bitte im Büro melden would all candidates please report to the office;
    ich wollte dich bitten/fragen … I wanted to ask you;
    wir wollen beten! Priester: let us pray;
    wollen wir uns (nicht) wieder vertragen? should(n’t) we try to make it up?;
    willst du wohl damit aufhören! will you stop that please;
    das will ich nicht gehört haben! I didn’t hear that;
    wenn es doch nur regnen wollte! if only it would rain!
    das will ich hoffen/meinen! I hope/I’ll say so;
    das will nichts/etwas heißen that means nothing/something;
    will und will nicht schneien it absolutely refuses to snow;
    das will mir gar nicht gefallen I don’t like that one little bit
    so etwas will gelernt/genau überlegt sein a thing like that has to be learned/thought about very carefully
    6. (bezwecken) be intended;
    diese Studie will zeigen, dass … this study is intended to show that …
    B. v/t & v/i; will, wollte, hat gewollt
    1. (wünschen) want; (verlangen) auch demand; (mögen) like;
    lieber wollen prefer;
    unbedingt wollen insist on;
    ich will kein Geld dafür I don’t want any money for it;
    ich will nur meine Ruhe all I want is some peace and quiet;
    ich will nicht mehr I don’t want to any more;
    was wollen Sie von mir? what do you want (from me)?;
    was willst du noch? what more do you want?;
    er will, dass ich mitkomme he wants me to come with him;
    er weiß nicht, was er will he doesn’t know what he wants ( oder his own mind);
    er weiß, was er will he knows exactly what he wants;
    mach, was du willst! do what you like;
    wie du willst as you wish;
    ob er will oder nicht whether he likes it or not;
    so gern ich es auch will much as I’d like to;
    du kannst es, wenn du willst you can do it if you set your mind to it;
    du willst es ja nicht anders! you asked for it;
    du hast hier gar nichts zu wollen! umg you’ve got no say in the matter, what you want doesn’t count;
    ich wollte, es wäre so! I wish it were so;
    da ist nichts mehr zu wollen umg there’s nothing anyone can do about it;
    nichts zu wollen! umg nothing doing;
    was willst du (denn), es ging doch alles gut what are you complaining about, it all went well;
    dann wollen wir mal umg let’s get cracking then;
    dir will ich! umg drohend: you’d better watch it;
    er will dir was umg he’s got it in for you;
    was kann der mir schon wollen? what harm can he do me?;
    wer nicht will, der hat schon if you don’t like it, you can lump it;
    was du nicht willst, dass man dir tu, das füg auch keinem andern zu sprichw do as you would be done by, do unto others as you would have them do unto you
    2. (bereit sein) want to, be willing ( oder prepared) to;
    so Gott will God willing
    3. (beabsichtigen) mean, intend;
    ohne es zu wollen without meaning ( oder intending) to;
    Verzeihung, das wollte ich nicht! sorry, that was unintentional;
    was wollen Sie mit einem Regenschirm? what do you want an umbrella for?; → gewollt etc
    4. umg, irgendwohin: want to go;
    wohin willst du? where are you off to?;
    ich will nach Hause (bin auf dem Heimweg) I’m on my way home; (wäre gern zu Hause) I want to go home;
    sie will zum Theater fig she wants to go on the stage
    5. fig:
    das Schicksal/der Zufall wollte es, dass … fate/chance willed that …;
    diese Pflanzen wollen viel Wasser these plants need a lot of water;
    meine Beine wollen nicht mehr umg my legs are giving up on me;
    der Motor will mal wieder nicht umg the engine’s packed up again;
    die Uhr will nicht mehr umg that clock has given up the ghost
    wollen2 adj; attr wool(l)en
    * * *
    I
    Adjektiv; nicht präd. woollen
    II 1.
    unregelmäßiges Modalverb; 2. Part. wollen
    1)

    etwas tun wollen — (den Wunsch haben, etwas zu tun) want to do something; (die Absicht haben, etwas zu tun) be going to do something

    was will man da machen? — (ugs.) what can you do?

    dann will ich nichts gesagt haben — (ugs.) I take it all back

    das will ich meinen! — (ugs.) I absolutely agree

    wollt ihr wohl Ruhe geben/damit aufhören! — (ugs.) will you be quiet/stop that!

    3)

    sie will es [nicht] gesehen haben — she claims [not] to have seen it

    4)

    die Wunde will [einfach] nicht heilen — the wound [just] won't heal

    es will [einfach] nicht gelingen — it just won't work

    5)

    etwas will getan sein — something needs or (coll.) has got to be done

    6)
    7)

    das will nichts heißen/nicht viel sagen — that doesn't mean anything/much

    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1)

    du musst nur wollen, dann geht es auch — you only have to want to enough or have the will, then it's possible

    [ganz] wie du willst — just as you like

    wenn du willst, könnten wir... — if you want [to], we could...

    das ist, wenn man so will,... — that is, if you like,...

    [na] dann wollen wir mal! — (ugs.) [right,] let's get started!

    2) (ugs.): (irgendwohin zu gehen wünschen)

    ich will nach Hause/ans Meer — I want to go home/to go to the seaside

    3) verneint (ugs.): (funktionieren)

    seine Beine/Gelenke/Augen wollen nicht mehr — his legs/joints/eyes just aren't up to it any more

    3.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) want

    wollen, dass jemand etwas tut — want somebody to do something

    da ist nichts [mehr] zu wollen — (ugs.) there's nothing we/you etc. can do about it

    ich wollte, er wäre hier/es wäre vorbei — I wish he were here/it were over

    2)

    jemandem nichts wollen können — (ugs.) be unable to harm somebody

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: wollte, gewollt)
    = to want v.
    to will v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > wollen

  • 5 ὅς

    ὅς, ἥ, ὅ
    ① as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.
    ⓐ As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.
    ⓑ A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:
    α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. ᾧ to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21. ὅ that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.2 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.
    β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.
    א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.
    ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. ᾧ the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).
    ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.
    ⓒ Constructions peculiar in some respect
    α. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.
    β. constructions ‘ad sensum’
    א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.
    ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.
    ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.
    ⓓ Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.
    α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.
    β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.
    γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.
    δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.
    ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.
    ⓔ The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latter
    α. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.
    β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.
    γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attraction
    א. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.
    ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.
    δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.
    ⓕ The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.
    ⓖ The neut. is used
    α. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.
    β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.
    γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.
    ⓗ The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.
    ⓘ taking the place of the interrogative pron.
    α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans3-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.
    β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher2 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.
    ⓙ combined w. particles
    α. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.
    β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.
    γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).
    δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.
    ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.
    ⓚ used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:
    α. with ἀντί: ἀνθʼ ὧν (s. ἀντί 4) because Lk 1:20; 19:44; Ac 12:23; 2 Th 2:10; therefore Lk 12:3.
    β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.
    γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.
    δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’
    ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.
    ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.
    ② Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).
    ⓐ ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostly
    ⓑ ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅς

  • 6 molestar

    v.
    1 to bother.
    perdone que le moleste… I'm sorry to bother you…
    ¿le molesta que fume? do you mind if I smoke?
    Sus palabras acedaron a María His words Maryoyed Mary.
    2 to upset.
    me molestó que no me saludaras I was rather upset that you didn't say hello to me
    3 to be bothered by.
    Me molesta ese ruido I am bothered by that noise.
    4 to ail.
    * * *
    1 (interrumpir) to disturb
    ■ no lo molestes, que está durmiendo don't disturb him, he's asleep
    2 (perturbar) to bother, annoy, upset
    3 (importunar) to pester
    ■ ¡deja de molestarme ya! stop pestering me!
    4 (hacer daño - apretar) to hurt, be too tight; (- picar) to irritate
    5 (ofender) to upset
    ■ no se moleste en venir, ya se lo mandaremos a casa don't bother coming, we'll send it round to you
    2 (ofenderse) to take offence
    * * *
    verb
    1) to annoy, bother
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=importunar) to bother, annoy

    ¿no la estarán molestando, verdad? — they're not bothering o annoying you, are they?

    no la molestes más con tus tonterías — stop pestering o bothering o annoying her with your silly games

    2) (=interrumpir) to disturb

    siento molestarte, pero necesito que me ayudes — I'm sorry to disturb o trouble o bother you, but I need your help

    3) (=ofender) to upset
    2. VI
    1) (=importunar) to be a nuisance

    quita de en medio, que siempre estás molestando — get out of the way, you're always being a nuisance

    no quisiera molestar, pero necesito hablar contigo — I don't want to bother you o be a nuisance, but I need to talk to you

    me molesta mucho que me hablen así — it really annoys o irritates me when they talk to me like that

    ese ruido me molesta — that noise is bothering o annoying o irritating me

    me molesta el jarrón, ¿puedes apartarlo? — the vase is in the way, can you move it?

    2) (=incomodar) to feel uncomfortable, bother

    ¿te molesta el humo? — does the smoke bother you?

    si le sigue molestando, acuda a su médico — if it goes on giving you trouble, see your doctor

    3) (=ofender) to upset
    4) (=importar)
    [en preguntas]

    ¿le molesta la radio? — does the radio bother you?, do you mind the radio being on?

    ¿te molestaría prestarme un paraguas? — would you mind lending me an umbrella?

    ¿le molesta que abra la ventana o si abro la ventana? — do you mind if I open the window?

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( importunar) to bother
    b) ( interrumpir) to disturb
    2) (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    2.
    1) ( importunar) (+me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te molesta ese ruido? — doesn't that noise bother you?

    ¿le molesta si fumo? — do you mind if I smoke?

    no me duele, pero me molesta — it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable

    2) ( fastidiar) to be a nuisance

    vino a ayudar pero no hizo más que molestar — he came to help, but he just made a nuisance of himself

    3.
    molestarsev pron
    1) ( disgustarse) to get upset

    se molestó por lo que le dije — he was upset o offended by what I said

    2) ( tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself (frml)

    no se moleste — it's all right o please, don't bother

    ¿para qué vas a molestarte? — why should you put yourself out?

    molestarse EN + INF: ni se molestó en llamarme he didn't even bother to call me; se molestó en venir a verme — she took the trouble to come and see me

    * * *
    = bother, irk, pester, disrupt, irritate, trouble, hassle, bug, tread on + toes, spite, annoy, nag (at), disturb, upset, niggle, importune, gall, peeve.
    Ex. Why bother, then, to create an alphabetical index to the classified file when you already have a printed alphabetical index to the schedules of the classification scheme?.
    Ex. She had been told from time to time that he seemed to derive satisfaction from needling the staff, but she had never been able to pin down specifically what he does that irks them.
    Ex. And there are those whom I have pestered from time to time over the past four years, and who have patiently answered my importunity.
    Ex. Essentially, problem patrons can be considered in three groups: (1) the dangerous or apparently dangerous; (2) the patron who disrupts readers; and (3) the nuisance whose focus is the librarian.
    Ex. Their education must accordingly be designed to prepare them for that future, however much this may irritate the myopics whose only concern is for the present.
    Ex. This is a problem that has frequently troubled teachers.
    Ex. Richins also included inconveniences such as special trips to complain, time and effort required to fill out form, being treated rudely, and having to hassle someone.
    Ex. I have a question that has been bugging me since I upgraded to ProCite 5 some time ago.
    Ex. For all the indisputable good the Dalai Lama does in terms of spiritual guidance, he seems reluctant to tread on any political toes.
    Ex. Men's abuse of children is in many instances instrumental in order to coerce or retaliate against women, echoing the Greek myth of Medea who killed her own children to spite her father.
    Ex. Library pests are any humans, large or microscopic beasts, library equipment or installations, or chemical and biological substances that hamper or annoy the reader.
    Ex. This a book that I had admired but that had nagged at me for years.
    Ex. Transcribe the data as found, however, if case endings are affected, if the grammatical construction of the data would be disturbed, or if one element is inseparably linked to another.
    Ex. Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.
    Ex. He was under the knife last week to treat the knee problem that has been niggling him.
    Ex. He was a shiftless, good-for-nothing man and his shrewish wife was constantly importuning him.
    Ex. It was the American attitude of superiority that galled them the most.
    Ex. Things like talking over the performances and cutting to commercials in the middle of performances were really peaving the people who watched.
    ----
    * molestarse = stir + uneasily, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, begrudge, grudge, pique.
    * molestarse por = be bothered by, bridle at.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( importunar) to bother
    b) ( interrumpir) to disturb
    2) (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    2.
    1) ( importunar) (+me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te molesta ese ruido? — doesn't that noise bother you?

    ¿le molesta si fumo? — do you mind if I smoke?

    no me duele, pero me molesta — it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable

    2) ( fastidiar) to be a nuisance

    vino a ayudar pero no hizo más que molestar — he came to help, but he just made a nuisance of himself

    3.
    molestarsev pron
    1) ( disgustarse) to get upset

    se molestó por lo que le dije — he was upset o offended by what I said

    2) ( tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself (frml)

    no se moleste — it's all right o please, don't bother

    ¿para qué vas a molestarte? — why should you put yourself out?

    molestarse EN + INF: ni se molestó en llamarme he didn't even bother to call me; se molestó en venir a verme — she took the trouble to come and see me

    * * *
    = bother, irk, pester, disrupt, irritate, trouble, hassle, bug, tread on + toes, spite, annoy, nag (at), disturb, upset, niggle, importune, gall, peeve.

    Ex: Why bother, then, to create an alphabetical index to the classified file when you already have a printed alphabetical index to the schedules of the classification scheme?.

    Ex: She had been told from time to time that he seemed to derive satisfaction from needling the staff, but she had never been able to pin down specifically what he does that irks them.
    Ex: And there are those whom I have pestered from time to time over the past four years, and who have patiently answered my importunity.
    Ex: Essentially, problem patrons can be considered in three groups: (1) the dangerous or apparently dangerous; (2) the patron who disrupts readers; and (3) the nuisance whose focus is the librarian.
    Ex: Their education must accordingly be designed to prepare them for that future, however much this may irritate the myopics whose only concern is for the present.
    Ex: This is a problem that has frequently troubled teachers.
    Ex: Richins also included inconveniences such as special trips to complain, time and effort required to fill out form, being treated rudely, and having to hassle someone.
    Ex: I have a question that has been bugging me since I upgraded to ProCite 5 some time ago.
    Ex: For all the indisputable good the Dalai Lama does in terms of spiritual guidance, he seems reluctant to tread on any political toes.
    Ex: Men's abuse of children is in many instances instrumental in order to coerce or retaliate against women, echoing the Greek myth of Medea who killed her own children to spite her father.
    Ex: Library pests are any humans, large or microscopic beasts, library equipment or installations, or chemical and biological substances that hamper or annoy the reader.
    Ex: This a book that I had admired but that had nagged at me for years.
    Ex: Transcribe the data as found, however, if case endings are affected, if the grammatical construction of the data would be disturbed, or if one element is inseparably linked to another.
    Ex: Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.
    Ex: He was under the knife last week to treat the knee problem that has been niggling him.
    Ex: He was a shiftless, good-for-nothing man and his shrewish wife was constantly importuning him.
    Ex: It was the American attitude of superiority that galled them the most.
    Ex: Things like talking over the performances and cutting to commercials in the middle of performances were really peaving the people who watched.
    * molestarse = stir + uneasily, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, begrudge, grudge, pique.
    * molestarse por = be bothered by, bridle at.

    * * *
    molestar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (importunar) to bother
    perdone que lo moleste, pero quisiera pedirle algo sorry to trouble o bother you, but I'd like to ask you something
    ¿este señor la está molestando, señorita? is this man bothering you, Miss?
    2 (interrumpir) to disturb
    no la molestes, está estudiando don't disturb her, she's studying
    que no me moleste nadie, voy a dormir un rato don't let anybody disturb me, I'm going to take a nap
    B (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    perdona si te he molestado I'm sorry if I've upset you
    ■ molestar
    vi
    A
    (importunar): ¿no te molesta ese ruido? doesn't that noise bother you?
    [ S ] se ruega no molestar please do not disturb
    ¿le molesta si fumo? do you mind if I smoke?
    me molesta su arrogancia her arrogance irritates o annoys me
    ya sabes que me molesta que hables de él you know I don't like you to talk about him, you know I get upset o it upsets me when you talk about him
    nunca uso pulseras, me molestan para trabajar I never wear bracelets, they get in the way when I'm working
    no me duele, pero me molesta it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable o it bothers me
    si le molesta mucho, puedo ponerle una inyección if it's very sore o painful, I could give you an injection
    B (fastidiar) to be a nuisance
    si vas a molestar, te vas de clase if you're going to be a nuisance, you can leave the classroom
    vino a ayudar pero no hizo más que molestar he came to help, but he just got in the way o made a nuisance of himself
    son unos niños encantadores, nunca molestan they're lovely children, they're never any trouble o they're no trouble at all
    no quiero molestar I don't want to be a nuisance o to get in the way o to cause any trouble
    A (disgustarse) to get upset
    no debes molestarte, lo hizo sin querer don't get upset, he didn't mean to do it
    molestarse POR algo:
    se molestó por algo he got upset about something
    espero que no se haya molestado por lo que le dije I hope you weren't upset o offended by what I said
    molestarse CON algn to get annoyed WITH sb, get cross WITH sb ( BrE)
    se molestó conmigo porque no lo invité he got annoyed o cross with me because I didn't invite him, he was put out o upset because I didn't invite him
    B (tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself ( frml)
    no se moleste, me voy enseguida it's all right o please, don't bother o don't worry, I'm just leaving
    no se molesta por nadie, sólo piensa en él he doesn't bother o worry about anybody else, all he thinks about is himself
    ¿para qué vas a molestarte? why should you put yourself out?
    molestarse EN + INF:
    ni se molestó en llamarme he didn't even bother to call me
    se molestó en venir hasta aquí a avisarnos she took the trouble to come o she went to the trouble of coming all this way to tell us
    yo no me voy a molestar en cocinar para ellos I'm not going to put myself out cooking for them
    * * *

     

    molestar ( conjugate molestar) verbo transitivo
    1

    ◊ perdone que lo moleste sorry to trouble o bother you


    2 (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( importunar):
    ◊ ¿le molesta si fumo? do you mind if I smoke?;

    me molesta su arrogancia her arrogance irritates o annoys me;
    no me duele, pero me molesta it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable
    2 ( fastidiar) to be a nuisance;
    ◊ no quiero molestar I don't want to be a nuisance o to cause any trouble

    molestarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( disgustarse) to get upset;
    molestarse POR algo to get upset about sth;
    molestarse CON algn to get annoyed with sb
    2 ( tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself (frml);

    se molestó en venir hasta aquí a avisarnos she took the trouble to come all this way to tell us
    molestar verbo transitivo
    1 (causar enojo, incomodidad) to disturb, bother: ¿le molestaría contestar a unas preguntas?, would you mind answering some questions?
    me molesta que grites, it annoys me when you shout
    2 (causar dolor, incomodidad) to hurt
    ' molestar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    dañar
    - dejar
    - hartar
    - jambar
    - jorobar
    - marear
    - picar
    - reventar
    - ruido
    - sino
    - vivir
    - chingar
    - chocar
    - chorear
    - embromar
    - enredar
    - fastidiar
    - fregar
    - huevear
    - importar
    - joder
    - nomás
    - solo
    English:
    aggravate
    - annoy
    - bother
    - bug
    - disturb
    - gall
    - inconvenience
    - intrude
    - irk
    - irritate
    - nettle
    - pester
    - put out
    - roil
    - trouble
    - worry
    - heckler
    - impose
    - put
    - spite
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [perturbar] to bother;
    el calor no me molesta the heat doesn't bother me;
    esa luz tan brillante me molesta that bright light is hurting my eyes;
    deja ya de molestar al gato leave the cat alone;
    ¡deja de molestarme! stop annoying me!;
    ¿te están molestando los niños? are the children bothering you?;
    las moscas no paraban de molestarnos the flies were a real nuisance;
    ¿le molesta que fume o [m5] si fumo? do you mind if I smoke?;
    ¿te molesta la radio? is the radio bothering you?;
    ¿te molesta si abro la ventana? do you mind if I open the window?;
    perdone que le moleste… I'm sorry to bother you…
    2. [doler]
    me molesta una pierna my leg is giving me a bit of trouble;
    me molesta un poco la herida my wound is rather uncomfortable o a bit sore;
    vuelva dentro de un mes si le sigue molestando come back in a month's time if it's still troubling you
    3. [ofender] to upset;
    me molestó que no me saludaras I was rather upset that you didn't say hello to me;
    … todo esto dicho sin ánimo de molestar a nadie I don't want to cause anyone offence but…
    ♦ vi
    vámonos, aquí no hacemos más que molestar let's go, we're in the way here;
    deja ya de molestar con tantas preguntas stop being such a nuisance and asking all those questions;
    ¿molesto? – no, no, pasa am I interrupting? – no, not at all, come in;
    no querría molestar, pero necesito hablar contigo un momento I don't want to interrupt, but I need to have a word with you;
    puedes aparcar el camión allí, que no molesta you can park the truck over there where it won't be in the way;
    no molestar [en letrero] do not disturb
    * * *
    v/t
    1 bother, annoy
    2 ( doler) trouble;
    no molestar do not disturb
    * * *
    1) fastidiar: to annoy, to bother
    2) : to disturb, to disrupt
    : to be a nuisance
    * * *
    1. (interrumpir) to disturb
    no lo molestes, está descansando don't disturb him he's resting
    2. (importunar) to bother
    3. (disgustar) to upset [pt. & pp. upset]
    4. (producir un dolor) to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]
    5. (importar) to mind
    ¿le molesta que fume? do you mind if I smoke?

    Spanish-English dictionary > molestar

  • 7 controlar

    v.
    1 to control.
    Pedro controla su vida al fin Peter controls his life at last.
    María controla a sus hijos con lástima Mary controls her kids through pity.
    2 to check.
    3 to watch, to keep an eye on.
    4 to take over, to control.
    María controla los negocios Mary takes over business.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to control
    2 (comprobar) to check
    1 (moderarse) to control oneself
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=dominar) [+ situación, emoción, balón, vehículo, inflación] to control

    los rebeldes controlan ya todo el país — the rebels now control the whole country, the rebels are now in control of the whole country

    no controlo muy bien ese tema — * I'm not very hot on that subject *

    2) (=vigilar)

    contrólame al niño mientras yo estoy fuera — * can you keep an eye on the child while I'm out

    controla que no hierva el café — * make sure the coffee doesn't boil, see that the coffee doesn't boil

    3) (=regular) to control
    2.
    VI *
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( dominar) <nervios/impulsos/persona> to control
    2) ( vigilar) <inflación/proceso> to monitor

    controlar el peso/la línea — to watch one's weight/one's waistline

    3) ( regular) <presión/inflación> to control
    2.
    controlarse v pron
    1) ( dominarse) to control oneself
    2) ( vigilar) <peso/colesterol> to check, monitor
    * * *
    = control, get + command of, govern, keep + a rein on, keep within + bounds, monitor, regulate, peg, police, master, command, scourge, keep down + Nombre, stem + the tide of, bring under + control, hold in + line, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, hold + the reins of, corral, check up on, keep + tabs on, wield + control, hold + sway (over), wiretap [wire-tap], hold + the line, keep + a tight hold on, take + control of, stay on top of, stay in + control, rein in, hold + Nombre + in.
    Ex. These fields control the access to the main record and are all fixed length fields.
    Ex. The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.
    Ex. It is not sufficient merely to describe the processes that govern the creation and generation of indexing and abstracting data.
    Ex. Cases keep discussion grounded on certain persistent facts that must be faced, and keep a realistic rein on airy flights of academic speculation.
    Ex. Costs can be kept within reasonable bounds if a method appropriate to the specific application is chosen.
    Ex. Ideally it should be possible to include some form of student assessment or to monitor the student's progress.
    Ex. Built into each operator are sets of instructions to the computer which regulate where the term must appear in the printed entries generated from the string, typefaces, and necessary punctuation.
    Ex. After a couple of months, I had his overall behavior pretty well pegged.
    Ex. For many centuries local authorities have been responsible for policing Weights and Measures Acts and regulations and, where a breach of legislation was uncovered, would prosecute in the criminal court.
    Ex. The library director strove to master his frustration.
    Ex. Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.
    Ex. The reference librarian must always resist an impulse to be glib; he must scourge and throttle his vanity; he must reach a conclusion rather than begin with it.
    Ex. Activities such as gardening or cookery are dealt with in many books in ways which go far beyond the simple keeping down of weeds or just filling empty stomachs.
    Ex. This article discusses some strategies that are being developed to stem the tide of losses caused worldwide by piracy.
    Ex. But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.
    Ex. The library staff consists of 6 professional librarians and 11 clerical workers, all of whom are held firmly in line by the forceful personality of the director, a retired military colonel.
    Ex. Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex. The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex. This trend may also be explained by the hegemony of those who hold the reins of international publication.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'Microfilm retrieval system corrals paper flood for Ameritech publishing'.
    Ex. The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex. The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex. Influence and control is currently wielded by sterile professionals who are blind to the need to develop services beyond print.
    Ex. This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.
    Ex. The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.
    Ex. The standpatters argue, and the progressives agree, that the tax line must be held in the interest of attracting industry = Los conservadores proponen y los progresistas están de acuerdo en que se deben contener los impuestos para atraer a la industria.
    Ex. A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.
    Ex. Five years after they took control of war-ravaged Afghanistan, reconstruction remains a job half done.
    Ex. Adapting to change -- and staying on top of the changes -- is a huge key to success in industry.
    Ex. This section of the book is all about how to stay in control of your personal information.
    Ex. If librarians hope to rein in escalating periodical prices, they must become more assertive consumers.
    Ex. The longer a fart is held in, the larger the proportion of inert nitrogen it contains, because the other gases tend to be absorbed into the bloodstream through the walls of the intestine.
    ----
    * controlar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.
    * controlar el presupuesto = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la economía = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar las finanzas = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * controlar los gastos = control + costs, contain + costs.
    * controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * controlarse = command + Reflexivo, pace.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( dominar) <nervios/impulsos/persona> to control
    2) ( vigilar) <inflación/proceso> to monitor

    controlar el peso/la línea — to watch one's weight/one's waistline

    3) ( regular) <presión/inflación> to control
    2.
    controlarse v pron
    1) ( dominarse) to control oneself
    2) ( vigilar) <peso/colesterol> to check, monitor
    * * *
    = control, get + command of, govern, keep + a rein on, keep within + bounds, monitor, regulate, peg, police, master, command, scourge, keep down + Nombre, stem + the tide of, bring under + control, hold in + line, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, hold + the reins of, corral, check up on, keep + tabs on, wield + control, hold + sway (over), wiretap [wire-tap], hold + the line, keep + a tight hold on, take + control of, stay on top of, stay in + control, rein in, hold + Nombre + in.

    Ex: These fields control the access to the main record and are all fixed length fields.

    Ex: The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.
    Ex: It is not sufficient merely to describe the processes that govern the creation and generation of indexing and abstracting data.
    Ex: Cases keep discussion grounded on certain persistent facts that must be faced, and keep a realistic rein on airy flights of academic speculation.
    Ex: Costs can be kept within reasonable bounds if a method appropriate to the specific application is chosen.
    Ex: Ideally it should be possible to include some form of student assessment or to monitor the student's progress.
    Ex: Built into each operator are sets of instructions to the computer which regulate where the term must appear in the printed entries generated from the string, typefaces, and necessary punctuation.
    Ex: After a couple of months, I had his overall behavior pretty well pegged.
    Ex: For many centuries local authorities have been responsible for policing Weights and Measures Acts and regulations and, where a breach of legislation was uncovered, would prosecute in the criminal court.
    Ex: The library director strove to master his frustration.
    Ex: Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.
    Ex: The reference librarian must always resist an impulse to be glib; he must scourge and throttle his vanity; he must reach a conclusion rather than begin with it.
    Ex: Activities such as gardening or cookery are dealt with in many books in ways which go far beyond the simple keeping down of weeds or just filling empty stomachs.
    Ex: This article discusses some strategies that are being developed to stem the tide of losses caused worldwide by piracy.
    Ex: But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.
    Ex: The library staff consists of 6 professional librarians and 11 clerical workers, all of whom are held firmly in line by the forceful personality of the director, a retired military colonel.
    Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex: The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex: This trend may also be explained by the hegemony of those who hold the reins of international publication.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'Microfilm retrieval system corrals paper flood for Ameritech publishing'.
    Ex: The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex: The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex: Influence and control is currently wielded by sterile professionals who are blind to the need to develop services beyond print.
    Ex: This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.
    Ex: The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.
    Ex: The standpatters argue, and the progressives agree, that the tax line must be held in the interest of attracting industry = Los conservadores proponen y los progresistas están de acuerdo en que se deben contener los impuestos para atraer a la industria.
    Ex: A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.
    Ex: Five years after they took control of war-ravaged Afghanistan, reconstruction remains a job half done.
    Ex: Adapting to change -- and staying on top of the changes -- is a huge key to success in industry.
    Ex: This section of the book is all about how to stay in control of your personal information.
    Ex: If librarians hope to rein in escalating periodical prices, they must become more assertive consumers.
    Ex: The longer a fart is held in, the larger the proportion of inert nitrogen it contains, because the other gases tend to be absorbed into the bloodstream through the walls of the intestine.
    * controlar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.
    * controlar el presupuesto = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la economía = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar las finanzas = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * controlar los gastos = control + costs, contain + costs.
    * controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * controlarse = command + Reflexivo, pace.

    * * *
    controlar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹nervios/impulsos/emociones› to control; ‹persona/animal› to control
    controlamos la situación we are in control of the situation, we have the situation under control
    el incendio fue rápidamente controlado por los bomberos the firemen quickly got o brought the fire under control
    controlan ahora toda la zona they now control o they are now in control of the whole area
    pasaron a controlar la empresa they took control of the company
    2 ( fam); ‹tema› to know about
    estos temas no los controlo I don't know anything about these things, I'm not too well up on o hot on these things ( colloq)
    B
    (vigilar): tiene que controlar su peso he has to watch o check o ( frml) monitor his weight
    deja de controlar todos mis gastos stop checking up on how much I spend the whole time
    me tienen muy controlada they keep a close watch o they keep tabs on everything I do, they keep me on a very tight rein
    el portero controlaba las entradas y salidas the porter kept a check on everyone who came in or out
    controlé el tiempo que me llevó I timed myself o how long it took me
    C (regular) to control
    este mecanismo controla la presión this mechanism regulates o controls the pressure
    medidas para controlar la inflación measures to control inflation o to bring inflation under control
    D ( Dep) (en doping) to administer a test to
    fue controlado positivo tras su victoria he tested positive after his victory
    lo controlaron negativo he was tested negative
    A (dominarse) to control oneself
    si no se controla acabará alcoholizado if he doesn't get a grip o a hold on himself he's going to become an alcoholic
    B (vigilar) ‹peso/colesterol› to check, watch, monitor ( frml)
    se controla el peso regularmente she checks her weight regularly, she keeps a regular check on her weight
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    controlar    
    controlar algo
    controlar ( conjugate controlar) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹nervios/impulsos/persona› to control;
    ‹ incendio› to bring … under control;

    pasaron a controlar la empresa they took control of the company
    2 ‹inflación/proceso› to monitor;
    ‹ persona› to keep a check on;
    ◊ controlar el peso/la línea to watch one's weight/one's waistline;

    controlé el tiempo que me llevó I timed how long it took me
    3 ( regular) ‹presión/inflación› to control
    controlarse verbo pronominal ( dominarse) to control oneself;
    ( vigilar) ‹peso/colesterol› to check, monitor
    controlar verbo transitivo
    1 to control
    2 (comprobar) to check
    ' controlar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    dominar
    - fraude
    - manejar
    - potingue
    - sujetar
    - contener
    English:
    control
    - grip
    - hold down
    - manage
    - monitor
    - regiment
    - spot-check
    - stamp out
    - check
    - discipline
    - help
    - unruly
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [dominar] to control;
    controlar la situación to be in control of the situation;
    la empresa controla el 30 por ciento del mercado the company controls 30 percent of the market;
    los bomberos todavía no han conseguido controlar el incendio firefighters have still not managed to bring the fire under control;
    medidas para controlar los precios measures to control prices
    2. [comprobar, verificar] to check;
    controla el nivel del aceite check the oil level;
    controlan continuamente su tensión arterial they are continuously monitoring his blood pressure
    3. [vigilar] to watch, to keep an eye on;
    la policía controla todos sus movimientos the police watch his every move;
    nos controlan la hora de llegada they keep a check on when we arrive;
    controla que no se cuele nadie see o make sure that no one Br jumps the queue o US cuts in line
    ♦ vi
    Fam [saber] to know;
    Rosa controla un montón de química Rosa knows loads about chemistry
    * * *
    v/t
    1 control
    2 ( vigilar) check
    * * *
    1) : to control
    2) : to monitor, to check
    * * *
    1. (dominar) to control [pt. & pp. controlled]
    2. (comprobar) to check

    Spanish-English dictionary > controlar

  • 8 orientado hacia el usuario

    (adj.) = user-driven, user-centred [user-centered, -USA], client-based, client-centred [client-centered, -USA], client-driven, client-directed, client-oriented, customer focused [customer-focused], user-focused
    Ex. Successful information providers will be those that are user-driven rather than technology-driven.
    Ex. This would involve a more user-centred library, based on McClellan's principles of 'service in depth'.
    Ex. One of the team's function is to review client based services.
    Ex. Archives administration needs to move to a client-centred rather than materials-centred approach.
    Ex. The article ' client-driven reference collections for the 1990s' urges librarians to examine closely whom they serve and clarify the mission of the library.
    Ex. Whether conceived as a bookmark, newspaper tabloid, balloon, slick booklet, or some other format, the client-directed annual report conveys not only the information itself but also the intent to focus on the client's interest.
    Ex. As others have pointed out, for the most part reference librarians are medium-oriented rather than client-oriented.
    Ex. The customer focused service provided by libraries makes them ideal candidates.
    Ex. The CBC has just revamped their site so it's more user-focused.
    * * *
    (adj.) = user-driven, user-centred [user-centered, -USA], client-based, client-centred [client-centered, -USA], client-driven, client-directed, client-oriented, customer focused [customer-focused], user-focused

    Ex: Successful information providers will be those that are user-driven rather than technology-driven.

    Ex: This would involve a more user-centred library, based on McClellan's principles of 'service in depth'.
    Ex: One of the team's function is to review client based services.
    Ex: Archives administration needs to move to a client-centred rather than materials-centred approach.
    Ex: The article ' client-driven reference collections for the 1990s' urges librarians to examine closely whom they serve and clarify the mission of the library.
    Ex: Whether conceived as a bookmark, newspaper tabloid, balloon, slick booklet, or some other format, the client-directed annual report conveys not only the information itself but also the intent to focus on the client's interest.
    Ex: As others have pointed out, for the most part reference librarians are medium-oriented rather than client-oriented.
    Ex: The customer focused service provided by libraries makes them ideal candidates.
    Ex: The CBC has just revamped their site so it's more user-focused.

    Spanish-English dictionary > orientado hacia el usuario

  • 9 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 10 Ehre

    f; -, -n
    1. allg.: hono(u)r; es ist mir eine ( große) Ehre it is an (a great) hono(u)r for me; mit wem habe ich die Ehre? oft iro. to whom have I the pleasure of speaking?; habe die Ehre! bes. österr. good day; (beim Treffen) pleased to meet you; was verschafft mir die Ehre? to what do I owe this hono(u)r ( oder the pleasure)?; es sich (Dat) zur Ehre anrechnen consider it an hono(u)r; ... geben sich (Dat) die Ehre, zu... einzuladen... request the hono(u)r of your company at...; um der Wahrheit die Ehre zu geben to be quite honest ( oder frank); sie erwiesen ihm die Ehre ihres Vertrauens oder ihm zu vertrauen geh. they hono(u)red him with their trust; jemandem die letzte Ehre erweisen pay one’s last respects to s.o.; Ehre wem Ehre gebührt Sprichw. credit where credit is due; jemanden mit oder in Ehren entlassen give s.o. an hono(u)rable discharge; wieder zu Ehren kommen come back into favo(u)r; ihm zu Ehren in his hono(u)r; zu seiner Ehre muss gesagt werden, dass... in his defen|ce (Am. -se) it ought to be said that...; zu Ehren des Tages in hono(u)r of the day; zur ( größeren) Ehre Gottes to the (greater) glory of God
    2. (Ansehen) hono(u)r, reputation; (Ruhm) glory; bei meiner Ehre! upon my oath!; jemandem / etw. alle / keine Ehre machen be a / no credit to s.o. / s.th.; jemandem zur Ehre gereichen geh. do s.o. credit, reflect credit on s.o.; es gereicht ihm zur Ehre geh. it is to his credit; zu hohen Ehren gelangen oder es zu hohen Ehren bringen achieve (great) eminence; in Ehren halten (hold in) hono(u)r; in Ehren gehalten revered; damit kannst du keine Ehre einlegen that won’t earn you any credit ( bei jemandem with s.o., in s.o.’s eyes); deine Meinung / dein Eifer in ( allen) Ehren, aber... with all due respect,...; Ehre sei Gott in der Höhe! glory (be) to God in the highest!
    3. nur Sg.; (Ehrgefühl) sense of hono(u)r; (Selbstachtung) self-respect, pride; auf Ehre und Gewissen in all conscience; auf Ehre schwören swear on one’s hono(u)r; jemanden bei der oder seiner Ehre packen appeal to s.o.’s sense of hono(u)r; keine Ehre im Leib haben have no sense ( oder not a shred of) of hono(u)r; er fühlte sich dadurch in seiner Ehre gekränkt it hurt ( oder wounded) his pride, he felt rather piqued by it; seine Ehre dareinsetzen, etw. zu tun make it a point of hono(u)r to do s.th.; etw. in allen Ehren tun do s.th. in good faith
    4. nur Sg.; altm. (Jungfräulichkeit) (virgin) hon(u)r; einer Frau ihre Ehre rauben rob a woman of her hono(u)r
    * * *
    die Ehre
    honour; honor; merit; privilege; kudos
    * * *
    Eh|re ['eːrə]
    f -, -n
    honour (Brit), honor (US); (= Ruhm) glory

    etw in Éhren halten — to treasure or cherish sth

    damit/mit ihm können Sie Éhre einlegen — that/he does you credit, that/he is a credit to you

    er wollte mit dieser Rede Éhre einlegen — he was wanting to gain kudos with this speech

    für jdn/etw Éhre einlegen — to bring hono(u)r on sb/sth

    bei jdm mit etw Éhre einlegen — to make a good impression on sb with sth

    jdm Éhre machen — to do sb credit

    jdm wenig Éhre machen — not to do sb any credit

    jdm/einer Sache zur Éhre gereichen — to do sb/sth credit

    auf Éhre! (obs) bei meiner Éhre! (obs) — 'pon my oath! (obs)

    auf Éhre und Gewissen — on my/his etc hono(u)r

    auf Éhre und Gewissen? — cross your heart? (inf), on your hono(u)r?

    auf Éhre und Gewissen: ich bin es nicht gewesen! — cross my heart (inf) or I promise you, it wasn't me

    zu seiner Éhre muss ich sagen, dass... — in his favour (Brit) or favor (US) I must say (that)...

    etw um der Éhre willen tun — to do sth for the hono(u)r of it

    das musst du schon um deiner Éhre willen machen — you should do that as a matter of hono(u)r

    ein Mann von Éhre — a man of hono(u)r

    keine Éhre im Leib haben (dated) — to have not a shred of self-respect

    er ist in Éhren alt geworden — he has had a long and hono(u)rable life

    sein Wort/seine Kenntnisse in allen Éhren, aber... — I don't doubt his word/his knowledge, but...

    etw zur Éhre anrechnen — to count sth an hono(u)r

    es zur Éhre anrechnen, dass... — to feel hono(u)red that..., to count it an hono(u)r that...

    das rechne ich ihm zur Éhre an — I consider that a point in his hono(u)r or favour (Brit) or favor (US)

    mit wem habe ich die Éhre? (iro, form) — with whom do I have the pleasure of speaking? (form)

    was verschafft mir die Éhre? (iro, form) — to what do I owe the hono(u)r (of your visit)?

    es ist mir eine besondere Éhre,... (form) — it is a great hono(u)r for me...

    um der Wahrheit die Éhre zu geben... (geh) — to be perfectly honest..., to tell you the truth...

    wir geben uns die Éhre, Sie zu... einzuladen (form) — we request the hono(u)r of your company at... (form)

    zu Éhren (+gen) —

    darf ich um die Éhre bitten, Sie zu begleiten? (form) — may I have the hono(u)r of accompanying you? (form), would you do me the hono(u)r of allowing me to accompany you? (form)

    Habe die Éhre! (dated Aus) (als Gruß) — hello; (beim Abschied) goodbye; (als Ausdruck des Erstaunens) good heavens

    Éhre, wem Éhre gebührt (prov) — credit where credit is due

    Éhre sei Gott in der Höhe (Bibl) — glory to God in the highest

    See:
    → letzte(r, s)
    * * *
    die
    1) (respect for truth, honesty etc: a man of honour.) honour
    2) ((the keeping or increasing of) a person's, country's etc good reputation: We must fight for the honour of our country.) honour
    3) (respect: This ceremony is being held in honour of those who died in the war.) honour
    4) (something which a person feels to be a reason for pride etc: It is a great honour to be asked to address this meeting.) honour
    5) (ceremony, when given as a mark of respect: The dead soldiers were buried with full military honours.) honours
    * * *
    Eh·re
    <-, -n>
    [ˈe:rə]
    f
    1. (Ansehen) honour [or AM -or] no pl
    jdm zur \Ehre gereichen (geh) to bring sb honour [or honour to sb]
    etw in \Ehren halten to cherish [or treasure] sth
    wieder zu \Ehren kommen (geh) to come back into favour [or AM -or]
    jdm \Ehre machen to do sb credit
    er hat seiner Familie \Ehre gemacht he brought honour on his family
    jdm wenig \Ehre machen to not do sb any credit
    seine \Ehre verlieren/wahren to lose/preserve one's honour
    2. (Anerkennung) honour [or AM -or]
    darf ich um die \Ehre bitten, mit Ihnen zu speisen? (form o iron) may I have the honour of dining with you? form or iron
    sich dat etw zur \Ehre anrechnen (geh) to consider sth an honour
    mit etw [bei jdm] \Ehre einlegen (geh) to make a good impression [on sb] with sth
    damit kannst du [bei ihr] keine \Ehre einlegen that won't gain you any credit [with her]
    jdm die letzte \Ehre erweisen (geh) to pay sb one's last respects [or one's last respects to sb]
    sich dat die \Ehre geben, etw zu tun (geh) to have the honour of doing sth
    mit militärischen \Ehren with military honours
    jdm eine \Ehre sein to be an honour for sb
    es war mir eine \Ehre it was an honour for me
    jdm eine besondere [o große] \Ehre sein to be a great honour for sb
    zu jds \Ehren/zu \Ehren einer S. in honour of sb/sth
    zu ihrer \Ehre muss ich sagen, dass... in her defence I must say that...
    jdm wird die \Ehre zuteil, etw zu tun sb is given the honour of doing sth
    3. kein pl (Ehrgefühl) sense of honour no pl; (Stolz) pride no pl; (Selbstachtung) self-respect no pl
    eine Frau/ein Mann von \Ehre sein to be a woman/man of honour
    jdn in seiner \Ehre kränken to wound sb's honour
    sie fühlte sich dadurch in ihrer \Ehre gekränkt it hurt her pride
    4.
    ▶ in \Ehren ergraut sein (geh) to have reached a venerable old age form
    ▶ \Ehre, wem \Ehre gebührt (prov) honour where honour is due prov
    ▶ auf \Ehre und Gewissen (geh) on one's honour form
    auf \Ehre und Gewissen? on your honour? form
    auf \Ehre und Gewissen, ich weiß nicht, wo sie ist! I swear [or form on my honour], I don't know where she is!
    etw auf \Ehre und Gewissen beteuern to assert sth
    ▶ \Ehre sei Gott in der Höhe glory to God in the highest
    ▶ habe die \Ehre! SÜDD, ÖSTERR [I'm] pleased to meet you
    ▶ mit wem habe ich die \Ehre? (geh o iron) with whom do I have the honour [of speaking]? form or iron, to have not a shred of self-respect
    ▶ ... in [allen] \Ehren with [all] due respect to...
    seine Meinung in allen \Ehren, aber ich kann ihm nicht so recht zustimmen with [all] due respect to his opinion, I feel I can't agree
    dein Mut in allen \Ehren, aber du gehst eindeutig zu weit! with [all] due respect to your courage, you are definitely going too far!
    sein Wort [o seine Aufrichtigkeit] in [allen] \Ehren, aber du solltest dir eine eigene Meinung bilden his honesty is not in doubt, but you should form your own opinion
    ▶ jdn bei seiner \Ehre packen to appeal to sb's sense of honour
    ▶ was verschafft mir die \Ehre? (geh o iron) to what do I owe the honour? form or iron
    ▶ [das ist] zu viel der \Ehre! you do me too great an honour! a. hum
    ▶ um der Wahrheit die \Ehre zu geben (geh) to be quite honest, to tell the truth
    * * *
    die; Ehre, Ehren

    es ist mit eine Ehre,... zu... — it is an honour for me to...

    die Ehre haben, etwas zu tun — have the Ehre of doing something

    jemandem/einer Sache [alle] Ehre machen — do somebody/something [great] credit

    auf Ehre und Gewissen — in all truthfulness or honesty

    jemandem/einer Sache zu viel Ehre antun — (fig.): (jemanden/etwas überschätzen) overvalue somebody/something

    jemandem zur Ehre gereichen — (geh.) bring honour to somebody

    Ehre, wem Ehre gebührt — [give] credit where credit is due

    um der Wahrheit die Ehre zu geben — (fig.) to tell the truth; to be [perfectly] honest

    zu Ehren des Königs, dem König zu Ehren — in honour of the king

    wieder zu Ehren kommen — (fig.) come back into favour

    2) o. Pl. (Ehrgefühl) sense of honour

    er hat keine Ehre im Leib[e] — he doesn't have an ounce of integrity in him

    * * *
    Ehre f; -, -n
    1. allg: hono(u)r;
    es ist mir eine (große) Ehre it is an (a great) hono(u)r for me;
    mit wem habe ich die Ehre? oft iro to whom have I the pleasure of speaking?;
    habe die Ehre! besonders österr good day; (beim Treffen) pleased to meet you;
    was verschafft mir die Ehre? to what do I owe this hono(u)r ( oder the pleasure)?;
    es sich (dat)
    zur Ehre anrechnen consider it an hono(u)r;
    … geben sich (dat)
    die Ehre, zu … einzuladen … request the hono(u)r of your company at …;
    um der Wahrheit die Ehre zu geben to be quite honest ( oder frank);
    ihm zu vertrauen geh they hono(u)red him with their trust;
    jemandem die letzte Ehre erweisen pay one’s last respects to sb;
    Ehre wem Ehre gebührt sprichw credit where credit is due;
    in Ehren entlassen give sb an hono(u)rable discharge;
    wieder zu Ehren kommen come back into favo(u)r;
    ihm zu Ehren in his hono(u)r;
    zu seiner Ehre muss gesagt werden, dass … in his defence (US -se) it ought to be said that …;
    zu Ehren des Tages in hono(u)r of the day;
    zur (größeren) Ehre Gottes to the (greater) glory of God
    2. (Ansehen) hono(u)r, reputation; (Ruhm) glory;
    bei meiner Ehre! upon my oath!;
    jemandem/etwas alle/keine Ehre machen be a/no credit to sb/sth;
    jemandem zur Ehre gereichen geh do sb credit, reflect credit on sb;
    es gereicht ihm zur Ehre geh it is to his credit;
    es zu hohen Ehren bringen achieve (great) eminence;
    in Ehren halten (hold in) hono(u)r;
    damit kannst du keine Ehre einlegen that won’t earn you any credit (
    bei jemandem with sb, in sb’s eyes);
    deine Meinung/dein Eifer in (allen) Ehren, aber … with all due respect, …;
    Ehre sei Gott in der Höhe! glory (be) to God in the highest!
    3. nur sg; (Ehrgefühl) sense of hono(u)r; (Selbstachtung) self-respect, pride;
    auf Ehre und Gewissen in all conscience;
    auf Ehre schwören swear on one’s hono(u)r;
    seiner Ehre packen appeal to sb’s sense of hono(u)r;
    keine Ehre im Leib haben have no sense ( oder not a shred of) of hono(u)r;
    er fühlte sich dadurch in seiner Ehre gekränkt it hurt ( oder wounded) his pride, he felt rather piqued by it;
    seine Ehre dareinsetzen, etwas zu tun make it a point of hono(u)r to do sth;
    etwas in allen Ehren tun do sth in good faith
    4. nur sg; obs (Jungfräulichkeit) (virgin) hon(u)r;
    einer Frau ihre Ehre rauben rob a woman of her hono(u)r
    * * *
    die; Ehre, Ehren

    es ist mit eine Ehre,... zu... — it is an honour for me to...

    die Ehre haben, etwas zu tun — have the Ehre of doing something

    jemandem/einer Sache [alle] Ehre machen — do somebody/something [great] credit

    jemandes Andenken (Akk.) in Ehren halten — honour somebody's memory

    jemandem/einer Sache zu viel Ehre antun — (fig.): (jemanden/etwas überschätzen) overvalue somebody/something

    jemandem zur Ehre gereichen — (geh.) bring honour to somebody

    Ehre, wem Ehre gebührt — [give] credit where credit is due

    um der Wahrheit die Ehre zu geben — (fig.) to tell the truth; to be [perfectly] honest

    zu Ehren des Königs, dem König zu Ehren — in honour of the king

    wieder zu Ehren kommen — (fig.) come back into favour

    2) o. Pl. (Ehrgefühl) sense of honour

    er hat keine Ehre im Leib[e] — he doesn't have an ounce of integrity in him

    * * *
    -n f.
    honor (US) n.
    honour (UK) n.
    kudos n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Ehre

  • 11 ὅς

    ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases
    A

    ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325

    , h.Ap. 156 ;

    ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70

     (elsewh.

    οὗ Il. 7.325

    , al., never οἷο); fem.

    ἕης Il.16.208

     (perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only

    ἧς 5.265

    , al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,
    A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.
    B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)
    A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:
    I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ or

    καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286

     ;

    ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198

     ;

    ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190

    , Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,

    μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59

    , cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.
    II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:
    1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.
    2

    ὃς καὶ ὅς

     such and such a person,

    Hdt.4.68

    :—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.
    3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.
    4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,

    Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1

     ;

    ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76

    ;

    ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81

     ; so

    τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187

     (Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;

    ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102

    , Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;

    ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99

     ;

    πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71

     (as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,

    ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81

     ;

    ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1

     : very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,

    ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6

     ;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21

    , etc.
    B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).
    0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):
    I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:
    1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,

    φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87

    ;

    τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12

     : so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,

    λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369

     ; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;

    πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a

     ; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;

    τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8

    .

    β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94

    : it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;

    τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..

     of me whom..,

    S.OC 731

    ; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.
    2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;

    κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη

     one of the thousands, which..,

    12.97

     ;

    αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..

     one of those who..,

    E.Or. 920

    : rare in Prose,

    ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310

    , cf. Lys.1.32.
    3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.
    4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;

    τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν

     a name which..,

    D.19.44

     ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.
    5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,

    ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54

    ;

    τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108

    , cf. 2.17, 124, etc.
    II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,

    ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64

    , cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.
    b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,

    Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69

    , cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.
    2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;

    σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156

     (anap.);

    φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a

    .
    3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;

    οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170

     ;

    οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475

     ;

    ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b

     : freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).
    III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:
    1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;

    ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672

     ;

    ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815

     ; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:
    a [tense] pres. ind.,

    τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175

     ;

    κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445

     ; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;

    Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160

     (lyr.): also after

    ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157

    , etc.
    b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:

    ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378

     ;

    οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407

     :—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,

    Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731

    , cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;

    πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.
    c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,

    ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666

     ; after an opt.,

    ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431

    .
    IV peculiar Idioms:
    1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;

    ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d

    .
    2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,

    ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514

    , cf. D.19.211, etc.;

    ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56

     ;

    ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b

    , cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16

    ;

    ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938

    : c. inf.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33

     (but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.
    3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or

    ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81

    , cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;

    συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056

     ;

    τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44

    ;

    τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14

    .
    4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;

    κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'

     that they may..,

    Il. 9.165

     : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;

    πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209

     (troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,

    ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c

    : also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.
    5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.
    6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,

    γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365

     (perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;

    γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71

     (in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,

    ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118

    , cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;

    πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46

    , cf. D.52.7;

    δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26

     ;

    γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11

     (iii B. C.).
    b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).
    7 in exclamations,

    ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146

    .     0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:
    I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.
    II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.
    III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.
    2

    Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.

    , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.
    IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.
    2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.

    ὅστις 1

    .
    V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc.     0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:
    I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,
    1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.;

    οὗ δή A.Pr. 814

    , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.;

    οὗπερ A.Th. 1016

    , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,

    οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049

     ;

    εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a

    , etc.;

    ἔστιν οὗ

     in some places,

    E.Or. 638

     ;

    οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..

     in some places.., in others..,

    Arist.Oec. 1345b34

     : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];

    ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a

     ;

    συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17

    .
    2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so

    οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86

    , cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);

    ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13

    : in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.
    II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.
    III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.
    2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)

    μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11

     ;

    ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21

     ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).
    2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.
    3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.
    V

    ἀφ' οὗπερ

     from the time that..,

    A.Pers. 177

    .
    VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    ------------------------------------
    ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.
    A

    οἷο Il.3.333

    , Od.1.330, al.,

    οὗ 23.150

    , al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:
    I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;

    ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761

     ; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,

    τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280

     ;

    τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153

    , etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag.,

    λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367

     (lyr.);

    ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639

     (iamb.);

    ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955

     (iamb.): with Art.,

    λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641

     ;

    ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442

    ;

    τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266

    , cf. 525 (lyr.);

    τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248

    : so in Cret. Prose,

    τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46

     ; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,

    γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205

    ; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.
    II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and
    III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς

  • 12 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    ► a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 13 enojar

    v.
    1 to anger (irritar). (especially Latin American Spanish)
    2 to make angry, to irritate, to anger, to make mad.
    Nosotros contrariamos a su padre We annoy his father.
    * * *
    1 to anger, annoy, make angry
    1 to get angry ( con, with), get annoyed ( con, with), lose one's temper ( con, with)
    \
    enojarse por algo to get angry about something
    * * *
    esp LAm
    1.
    VT (=encolerizar) to anger; (=molestar) to upset, annoy
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo (esp AmL) to make... angry; ( en menor grado) to annoy
    2.
    enojarse v pron (esp AmL) to get angry, get mad (esp AmE colloq); ( en menor grado) to get annoyed, get cross (BrE colloq)

    enojarse con algo — to get angry/annoyed with somebody

    * * *
    = cause + anger, cross, irritate, antagonise [antagonize, -USA], rub + Nombre + up the wrong way, rattle, roil, gall, rile, peeve, enrage, exasperate, raise + Posesivo + hackles.
    Ex. The decision to introduce payments for ILL in Australia has caused much concern and a lot of anger.
    Ex. There's more to it than that - he becomes vicious, cutting people up behind their backs if they cross him in any way.
    Ex. Their education must accordingly be designed to prepare them for that future, however much this may irritate the myopics whose only concern is for the present.
    Ex. Researchers expect librarians to be factually knowledgeable, welcoming, helpful and supportive rather than 'weird', 'snooty' or 'easily antagonized'.
    Ex. Relations between the two countries would now be difficult as our Prime Minister had rubbed theirs up the wrong way over ridiculous matters.
    Ex. The rumours of his departure rattled the talented youngster a little bit.
    Ex. Episcopalians were roiled by the approval of a rector outspokenly conservative on such matters as the liturgy, the hymnal and ordination.
    Ex. It was the American attitude of superiority that galled them the most.
    Ex. Now is not the time for superfluous rantings intended to rile the public.
    Ex. Things like talking over the performances and cutting to commercials in the middle of performances were really peaving the people who watched.
    Ex. On a recent field trip, he drank too much and became enraged with another student by whom he felt insulted.
    Ex. Radical intellectuals often seem exasperated by what appears as excessive attention paid to conceptualization.
    Ex. But be prepared to raise some hackles if you take this approach, because it is essential you do it openly and not behind your boss' back.
    ----
    * enojarse = become + chagrined, grow + irritable, lose + Posesivo + temper, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, get + angry.
    * enojarse con Alguien = vent + Posesivo + spleen (on).
    * enojarse por = be irritated by/at.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo (esp AmL) to make... angry; ( en menor grado) to annoy
    2.
    enojarse v pron (esp AmL) to get angry, get mad (esp AmE colloq); ( en menor grado) to get annoyed, get cross (BrE colloq)

    enojarse con algo — to get angry/annoyed with somebody

    * * *
    = cause + anger, cross, irritate, antagonise [antagonize, -USA], rub + Nombre + up the wrong way, rattle, roil, gall, rile, peeve, enrage, exasperate, raise + Posesivo + hackles.

    Ex: The decision to introduce payments for ILL in Australia has caused much concern and a lot of anger.

    Ex: There's more to it than that - he becomes vicious, cutting people up behind their backs if they cross him in any way.
    Ex: Their education must accordingly be designed to prepare them for that future, however much this may irritate the myopics whose only concern is for the present.
    Ex: Researchers expect librarians to be factually knowledgeable, welcoming, helpful and supportive rather than 'weird', 'snooty' or 'easily antagonized'.
    Ex: Relations between the two countries would now be difficult as our Prime Minister had rubbed theirs up the wrong way over ridiculous matters.
    Ex: The rumours of his departure rattled the talented youngster a little bit.
    Ex: Episcopalians were roiled by the approval of a rector outspokenly conservative on such matters as the liturgy, the hymnal and ordination.
    Ex: It was the American attitude of superiority that galled them the most.
    Ex: Now is not the time for superfluous rantings intended to rile the public.
    Ex: Things like talking over the performances and cutting to commercials in the middle of performances were really peaving the people who watched.
    Ex: On a recent field trip, he drank too much and became enraged with another student by whom he felt insulted.
    Ex: Radical intellectuals often seem exasperated by what appears as excessive attention paid to conceptualization.
    Ex: But be prepared to raise some hackles if you take this approach, because it is essential you do it openly and not behind your boss' back.
    * enojarse = become + chagrined, grow + irritable, lose + Posesivo + temper, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, get + angry.
    * enojarse con Alguien = vent + Posesivo + spleen (on).
    * enojarse por = be irritated by/at.

    * * *
    enojar [A1 ]
    vt
    ( esp AmL) to make … angry; (en menor grado) to annoy
    me enojan mucho estas injusticias I get very angry at these injustices, these injustices make me very angry
    esto enojó al gobierno francés this angered the French government
    ( esp AmL) to get angry, get mad ( AmE colloq); (en menor grado) to get annoyed, get cross ( BrE colloq)
    no te enojes conmigo don't get angry with o mad at me, don't get annoyed o cross with me
    se enojó porque le habían mentido he got annoyed/angry because they had lied to him
    * * *

     

    enojar ( conjugate enojar) verbo transitivo (esp AmL) to make … angry;
    ( en menor grado) to annoy
    enojarse verbo pronominal (esp AmL) to get angry, get mad (esp AmE colloq);
    ( en menor grado) to get annoyed, get cross (BrE colloq);
    enojarse con algn to get angry/annoyed with sb
    enojar verbo transitivo to anger, annoy
    ' enojar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    sublevar
    - arrechar
    - calentar
    - chorear
    - contrariar
    - enfadar
    - exaltar
    - excitar
    English:
    anger
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    [irritar] to anger; [molestar] to annoy;
    consiguió enojar a todo el mundo con sus impertinencias she managed to annoy everybody with her cheeky remarks
    * * *
    v/t
    1 ( molestar) annoy
    2 L.Am. ( encolerizar) make angry
    * * *
    enojar vt
    1) : to anger
    2) : to annoy, to upset
    * * *
    enojar vb to annoy

    Spanish-English dictionary > enojar

  • 14 volō

        volō (2d pers. vīs, 3d pers. volt or vult, plur. volumus, voltis or vultis, volunt; vīn for vīsne, T., H.; sīs for sī vīs, T., C., L.), voluī, velle    [1 VOL-], to will, wish, want, purpose, be minded, determine: Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum, I won't I will, I will I won't again, T.: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, T.: quis est cui velle non liceat? who is not free to wish?: sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius esse duco quam, etc., i. e. that very ambition: inest velle in carendo, wanting includes wishing: ait rem seriam Velle agere mecum, T.: quod eas quoque nationes adire volebat, Cs.: si haec relinquere voltis, S.: cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat, H.: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut Venus illa auferatur? would take for, etc.: Fabula quae posci volt et spectata reponi, i. e. which is meant to be in demand, etc., H.: sed licere, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere, Cs.: daret utrum vellet, subclamatum est, L.; cf. volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid, i. e. to dedicate some book: neminem notā strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., L.: Sunt delicta quibus ignovisse velimus, i. e. which should be pardoned, H.: edicta mitti ne quis... coisse aut convenisse causā sacrorum velit, L.; cf. Interdico, ne extulisse extra aedīs puerum usquam velis, T.: Oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (i. e. noli dare), O.: nostri... leges et iura tecta esse volue<*>unt: sociis maxime lex consultum esse volt: Id nunc res indicium haec facit, quo pacto factum volueris, shows why you wished it to be done, T.: Hannibal non Capuam neglectam volebat, L.: liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos: scin' quid nunc facere te volo? T.: vim volumus exstingui: qui salvam rem p. vellent esse, L.: si vis me flere, H.: qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant, Cs.: si me vivom vis, pater, Ignosce, if you wish me to live, T.: soli sunt qui te salvum velint: regnari tamen omnes volebant, that there should be a king, L.: mihi volo ignosci, I wish to be pardoned: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? T.: velim ut tibi amicus sit: Ducas volo hodie uxorem, T.: volo etiam exquiras quid Lentulus agat?: nullam ego rem umquam in vitā meā Volui quin, etc., I never had any wish in my life, etc., T.: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain (as a province): nummos volo, I want the money: si amplius obsidum vellet, dare pollicentur, Cs.: pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt, L.: quorum isti neutrum volunt, acknowledge neither: voluimus quaedam, we aspired to certain things: si plura velim, if I wished for more, H.—With acc. of person, to call for, demand, want, wish, desire: Quis me volt? T.: Centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie: Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo (sc. verbis), I want a few words with you, T.: quam volui nota fit arte meā, she whom I love, O.: illam velle uxorem, to want her for a wife, T.—With acc. of person and thing, to want... of, require... from: Num quid aliud me vis? T.: si quid ille se velit, etc., Cs.—With dat. of person for whom a wish is expressed: Praesidium velle se senectuti suae, wants a guard for his old age, T.: nihil est mali quod illa non filio voluerit, she wished her son every misfortune.—Esp., with bene or male: tibi bene ex animo volo, I heartily wish you well, T.: qui mihi male volunt, my enemies, T. —With causā and gen. of person, to be interested in, be concerned for, be well disposed to: te ipsius causā vehementer omnia velle, heartily wish him all success; cf. qui nostrā causā volunt, our friends. —With subj., in softened expressions of desire or command: ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias (i. e. fac), T.: eum salvere iubeas velim, please salute him: velim mihi ignoscas, I beg your pardon: haec pro causā meā dicta accipiatis velim, L.: Musa velim memores, etc., H.: de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, I wish it had been true: vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus, I wish I could, etc.; cf. Tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem! I wish I could have seen, etc., T.: Abiit, vah! rogasse vellem, I wish I had asked him, T.: Et vellem, et fuerat melius, V.: vellem tum tu adesses, I wish you could be present: vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses, I wish you had invited, etc.: de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse: quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare, L.: virum me natum vellem, would I had been born a man, T.: Nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum, O.: Te super aetherias errare licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc., i. e. volt, V.: velim scire ecquid de te recordere: sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim, L.: nec velim (imitari, etc.) si possim: trīs eos libros maxime nunc vellem, I would like to have.—In concessive phrases with quam, however, however much: quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (i. e. quamvis sit potens), however powerful she may be: exspectate facinus quam voltis improbum, never so wicked: quam volent in conviviis faceti sint.—Parenthet., in the phrase, sī vīs (contracted sīs; colloq.), if you please, if you will: paulum opperirier, Si vis, T.: dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis: addam, si vis, animi, etc., if you will.—To intend, purpose, mean, design, be minded, be about: Puerumque clam voluit exstinguere, T.: hostis hostem occidere volui, L.: at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt, it was their purpose: rem Nolanam in ius dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno, L.: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc.: sine me pervenire quo volo, let me come to my point, T.: scripsi, quem ad modum quidem volui, etc., as I intended: ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt, L.: quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt volgo intellegi, meant to be understood by all.—To try, endeavor, attempt, aim: quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire volt, is et infirmus est mollisque naturā, et, etc.: audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum? do you dare attempt? O.: His respondere voluit, non lacessere, meant to answer, not to provoke, T.: quid aliud volui dicere? did I mean to say, T.: ait se velle de illis HS LXXX cognoscere, that he meant, i. e. was about: sed plane quid velit nescio.—To resolve, conclude, determine, require: uti tamen tuo consilio volui, concluded to follow your advice: Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt: si a me causam hanc vos (iudices) agi volueritis, if you resolve.—Ellipt.: veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita voltis, etiam timemus, L.: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere), H.—To be willing, be ready, consent, like, acquiesce: ei laxiorem diem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet, L.: qui se ait philosophari velle, that he liked philosophizing: Patri dic velle, that you consent (sc. uxorem ducere), T.: cum alter verum audire non volt, refuses: obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis virīs salubrīs vellent rei p. esse, to permit the tribunitian power to be useful to the republic, L.: cum P. Attio agebant ne suā pertinaciā omnium fortunas perturbari vellet, Cs.: duodecim tabulae furem interfici inpune voluerunt.—To do voluntarily, act intentionally: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo; si iussus est, necessitati, if he accused of his own free will: (quaeritur) sitne oratoris risum velle movere, on purpose; cf. tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem, O.—To be of opinion, imagine, consider, think, mean, pretend, claim, hold, assert, assume: ergo ego, inimicus, si ita voltis, homini, amicus esse rei p. debeo: erat Mars alter, ut isti volunt, L.: isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, in which you imagine you have some influence: in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse volt, pretends to be: est genus hominum qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt, T.: si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret, L.: voltis, nihil esse in naturā praeter ignem: si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis, as you say he is: quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, what I claimed to be beyond the orator's province: restat ut omnes unum velint, are of one opinion: bis sumpsit quod voluit, i. e. begged the question.—In interrog. clause with quid, to mean, signify, intend to say, mean to express: sed tamen intellego quid velit: quid tibi vis? what do you mean by all this? T.: pro deum fidem, quid vobis voltis? L.: quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret? Cs.: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego, what is the meaning of the phrase: tacitae quid volt sibi noctis imago? O.—With weakened force, as an auxiliary, or in periphrasis, will, shall: illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat: eius me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse voltis, etc., L.: Vis tu urbem feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., H.: tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis, i. e. fida sis, O.: si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est, if I should acknowledge: si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat, chooses to say, etc.: quā re oratos vos omnīs volo Ne, etc., T.: Esse salutatum volt te mea littera primum, O.—Redundant after noli or nolite: nolite, iudices, hunc velle maturius exstingui volnere vestro quam suo fato, do not resolve.—Of expressions of authority, to determine, resolvē, decree, demand, require, enact: utrum populus R. eum (honorem) cui velit, deferat: senatus te voluit mihi nummos dare: exercitūs quos contra se aluerint velle dimitti, Cs.: quid fieri velit praecipit, gives his orders, Cs.: sacra Cereris summā maiores nostri religione confici voluerunt, i. e. established the custom of celebrating: nostri maiores... insui voluerunt in culeum vivos, etc., made a law, that, etc.: Corinthum exstinctum esse voluerunt, should be (and remain) destroyed: volo ut mihi respondeas, I require you to answer: nuntia Romanis, Caelestes ita velle, ut Roma caput terrarum sit, L. —Esp., in the formula of asking a vote upon a law or decree: novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis, ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt, L.: plebes sic iussit—quod senatus... censeat, id volumus iubemusque, L.—To choose rather, prefer: a multis (studiis) eligere commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui velle addicere: malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt, L.
    * * *
    I
    velle, volui, - V
    wish, want, prefer; be willing, will
    II
    volare, volavi, volatus V
    III
    volunteers (pl.); (in the Second Punic War)

    Latin-English dictionary > volō

  • 15 Edison, Thomas Alva

    [br]
    b. 11 February 1847 Milan, Ohio, USA
    d. 18 October 1931 Glenmont
    [br]
    American inventor and pioneer electrical developer.
    [br]
    He was the son of Samuel Edison, who was in the timber business. His schooling was delayed due to scarlet fever until 1855, when he was 8½ years old, but he was an avid reader. By the age of 14 he had a job as a newsboy on the railway from Port Huron to Detroit, a distance of sixty-three miles (101 km). He worked a fourteen-hour day with a stopover of five hours, which he spent in the Detroit Free Library. He also sold sweets on the train and, later, fruit and vegetables, and was soon making a profit of $20 a week. He then started two stores in Port Huron and used a spare freight car as a laboratory. He added a hand-printing press to produce 400 copies weekly of The Grand Trunk Herald, most of which he compiled and edited himself. He set himself to learn telegraphy from the station agent at Mount Clements, whose son he had saved from being run over by a freight car.
    At the age of 16 he became a telegraphist at Port Huron. In 1863 he became railway telegraphist at the busy Stratford Junction of the Grand Trunk Railroad, arranging a clock with a notched wheel to give the hourly signal which was to prove that he was awake and at his post! He left hurriedly after failing to hold a train which was nearly involved in a head-on collision. He usually worked the night shift, allowing himself time for experiments during the day. His first invention was an arrangement of two Morse registers so that a high-speed input could be decoded at a slower speed. Moving from place to place he held many positions as a telegraphist. In Boston he invented an automatic vote recorder for Congress and patented it, but the idea was rejected. This was the first of a total of 1180 patents that he was to take out during his lifetime. After six years he resigned from the Western Union Company to devote all his time to invention, his next idea being an improved ticker-tape machine for stockbrokers. He developed a duplex telegraphy system, but this was turned down by the Western Union Company. He then moved to New York.
    Edison found accommodation in the battery room of Law's Gold Reporting Company, sleeping in the cellar, and there his repair of a broken transmitter marked him as someone of special talents. His superior soon resigned, and he was promoted with a salary of $300 a month. Western Union paid him $40,000 for the sole rights on future improvements on the duplex telegraph, and he moved to Ward Street, Newark, New Jersey, where he employed a gathering of specialist engineers. Within a year, he married one of his employees, Mary Stilwell, when she was only 16: a daughter, Marion, was born in 1872, and two sons, Thomas and William, in 1876 and 1879, respectively.
    He continued to work on the automatic telegraph, a device to send out messages faster than they could be tapped out by hand: that is, over fifty words per minute or so. An earlier machine by Alexander Bain worked at up to 400 words per minute, but was not good over long distances. Edison agreed to work on improving this feature of Bain's machine for the Automatic Telegraph Company (ATC) for $40,000. He improved it to a working speed of 500 words per minute and ran a test between Washington and New York. Hoping to sell their equipment to the Post Office in Britain, ATC sent Edison to England in 1873 to negotiate. A 500-word message was to be sent from Liverpool to London every half-hour for six hours, followed by tests on 2,200 miles (3,540 km) of cable at Greenwich. Only confused results were obtained due to induction in the cable, which lay coiled in a water tank. Edison returned to New York, where he worked on his quadruplex telegraph system, tests of which proved a success between New York and Albany in December 1874. Unfortunately, simultaneous negotiation with Western Union and ATC resulted in a lawsuit.
    Alexander Graham Bell was granted a patent for a telephone in March 1876 while Edison was still working on the same idea. His improvements allowed the device to operate over a distance of hundreds of miles instead of only a few miles. Tests were carried out over the 106 miles (170 km) between New York and Philadelphia. Edison applied for a patent on the carbon-button transmitter in April 1877, Western Union agreeing to pay him $6,000 a year for the seventeen-year duration of the patent. In these years he was also working on the development of the electric lamp and on a duplicating machine which would make up to 3,000 copies from a stencil. In 1876–7 he moved from Newark to Menlo Park, twenty-four miles (39 km) from New York on the Pennsylvania Railway, near Elizabeth. He had bought a house there around which he built the premises that would become his "inventions factory". It was there that he began the use of his 200- page pocket notebooks, each of which lasted him about two weeks, so prolific were his ideas. When he died he left 3,400 of them filled with notes and sketches.
    Late in 1877 he applied for a patent for a phonograph which was granted on 19 February 1878, and by the end of the year he had formed a company to manufacture this totally new product. At the time, Edison saw the device primarily as a business aid rather than for entertainment, rather as a dictating machine. In August 1878 he was granted a British patent. In July 1878 he tried to measure the heat from the solar corona at a solar eclipse viewed from Rawlins, Wyoming, but his "tasimeter" was too sensitive.
    Probably his greatest achievement was "The Subdivision of the Electric Light" or the "glow bulb". He tried many materials for the filament before settling on carbon. He gave a demonstration of electric light by lighting up Menlo Park and inviting the public. Edison was, of course, faced with the problem of inventing and producing all the ancillaries which go to make up the electrical system of generation and distribution-meters, fuses, insulation, switches, cabling—even generators had to be designed and built; everything was new. He started a number of manufacturing companies to produce the various components needed.
    In 1881 he built the world's largest generator, which weighed 27 tons, to light 1,200 lamps at the Paris Exhibition. It was later moved to England to be used in the world's first central power station with steam engine drive at Holborn Viaduct, London. In September 1882 he started up his Pearl Street Generating Station in New York, which led to a worldwide increase in the application of electric power, particularly for lighting. At the same time as these developments, he built a 1,300yd (1,190m) electric railway at Menlo Park.
    On 9 August 1884 his wife died of typhoid. Using his telegraphic skills, he proposed to 19-year-old Mina Miller in Morse code while in the company of others on a train. He married her in February 1885 before buying a new house and estate at West Orange, New Jersey, building a new laboratory not far away in the Orange Valley.
    Edison used direct current which was limited to around 250 volts. Alternating current was largely developed by George Westinghouse and Nicola Tesla, using transformers to step up the current to a higher voltage for long-distance transmission. The use of AC gradually overtook the Edison DC system.
    In autumn 1888 he patented a form of cinephotography, the kinetoscope, obtaining film-stock from George Eastman. In 1893 he set up the first film studio, which was pivoted so as to catch the sun, with a hinged roof which could be raised. In 1894 kinetoscope parlours with "peep shows" were starting up in cities all over America. Competition came from the Latham Brothers with a screen-projection machine, which Edison answered with his "Vitascope", shown in New York in 1896. This showed pictures with accompanying sound, but there was some difficulty with synchronization. Edison also experimented with captions at this early date.
    In 1880 he filed a patent for a magnetic ore separator, the first of nearly sixty. He bought up deposits of low-grade iron ore which had been developed in the north of New Jersey. The process was a commercial success until the discovery of iron-rich ore in Minnesota rendered it uneconomic and uncompetitive. In 1898 cement rock was discovered in New Village, west of West Orange. Edison bought the land and started cement manufacture, using kilns twice the normal length and using half as much fuel to heat them as the normal type of kiln. In 1893 he met Henry Ford, who was building his second car, at an Edison convention. This started him on the development of a battery for an electric car on which he made over 9,000 experiments. In 1903 he sold his patent for wireless telegraphy "for a song" to Guglielmo Marconi.
    In 1910 Edison designed a prefabricated concrete house. In December 1914 fire destroyed three-quarters of the West Orange plant, but it was at once rebuilt, and with the threat of war Edison started to set up his own plants for making all the chemicals that he had previously been buying from Europe, such as carbolic acid, phenol, benzol, aniline dyes, etc. He was appointed President of the Navy Consulting Board, for whom, he said, he made some forty-five inventions, "but they were pigeonholed, every one of them". Thus did Edison find that the Navy did not take kindly to civilian interference.
    In 1927 he started the Edison Botanic Research Company, founded with similar investment from Ford and Firestone with the object of finding a substitute for overseas-produced rubber. In the first year he tested no fewer than 3,327 possible plants, in the second year, over 1,400, eventually developing a variety of Golden Rod which grew to 14 ft (4.3 m) in height. However, all this effort and money was wasted, due to the discovery of synthetic rubber.
    In October 1929 he was present at Henry Ford's opening of his Dearborn Museum to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the incandescent lamp, including a replica of the Menlo Park laboratory. He was awarded the Congressional Gold Medal and was elected to the American Academy of Sciences. He died in 1931 at his home, Glenmont; throughout the USA, lights were dimmed temporarily on the day of his funeral.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Member of the American Academy of Sciences. Congressional Gold Medal.
    Further Reading
    M.Josephson, 1951, Edison, Eyre \& Spottiswode.
    R.W.Clark, 1977, Edison, the Man who Made the Future, Macdonald \& Jane.
    IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Edison, Thomas Alva

  • 16 haben

    ha·ben
    1. ha·ben <hatte, gehabt> [ʼha:bn̩]
    vt
    1) ( besitzen)
    etw/jdn \haben to have sth/sb;
    wir \haben zwei Autos we've got two cars;
    die/wir \haben's [ja] ( fam) they/we can afford it; (iron a.) [well] what's that to them/us!;
    wer hat, der hat ( fam) I'd/we'd rather have it than not;
    \haben wir noch etwas Käse? have we still got some cheese?;
    er hat eine erwachsene Tochter he's got a grown-up daughter;
    sie hatte gestern Geburtstag it was her birthday yesterday;
    jdm zur Frau/zum Mann \haben wollen to want to make sb one's wife/husband
    2) ( erhalten)
    könnte ich mal das Salz \haben? could I have the salt please?;
    ich hätte gern ein Pfund Zucker I'd like a pound of sugar, please, can I have a pound of sugar, please;
    ich hätte gern ein Bier I'd like a beer, please, can I have a beer, please;
    wie hätten Sie es gern? how would you prefer it?;
    woher hast du das? where did you get that?
    3) (fam: bekommen)
    etw \haben to have sth;
    wir \haben um zwei eine Besprechung we've got a meeting at two;
    ein Glück, wir \haben morgen keine Schule that's lucky, there's no school for us tomorrow;
    was hast du diesmal in Französisch? what did you get for French this time?;
    in der Schule hat sie immer gute Noten gehabt she always got good marks at school;
    wen habt ihr eigentlich in Mathe? who have you got for maths?
    4) ( aufweisen)
    etw \haben to have sth;
    sie hat eine Narbe am rechten Kinn she has a scar on the right-hand side of her chin;
    leider hat der Wagen eine Beule unfortunately the car has a dent;
    hat das Haus einen Swimmingpool? has the house got a swimming pool?;
    er hat Beziehungen he's got connections
    5) (zur Verfügung \haben)
    etw \haben to have sth;
    hast du heute Abend ein Stündchen Zeit für mich? could you spare me a little time this evening?;
    ich habe morgen leider keine Zeit I'm afraid I don't have time tomorrow
    etw \haben to have sth;
    bedauere, den Artikel \haben wir leider nicht sorry, unfortunately we don't have this item;
    das Buch ist noch zu \haben the book is still available;
    dieser Artikel ist leider nicht mehr zu \haben this item is unfortunately no longer available
    etw \haben to have sth;
    ein Meter hat 100 Zentimeter there are 100 centimetres in a metre;
    die Kugel hat einen Inhalt von 600 Kubikmeter the sphere has a capacity of 600 cubic metres;
    das Grundstück dürfte über 4000 Quadratmeter \haben the plot should be over 4,000 square metres
    etw \haben to have sth;
    ich habe Fieber/ eine Erkältung I've got a temperature/a cold;
    ich habe doch noch einige Zweifel I've still got a few doubts;
    hast du Lust, mit ins Theater zu kommen? do you feel like coming to the theatre with us?;
    Durst/Hunger \haben to be thirsty/hungry;
    gute/schlechte Laune \haben to be in a good/bad mood;
    Angst/Sorgen \haben be afraid/worried;
    hast du was? is something [or what's] the matter [or wrong] ?;
    ich hab nichts! nothing's the matter!;
    was hat er/ sie denn [o bloß] [o nur] ? what's up with him/her? ( fam), whatever's [or ( fam) what on earth's] the matter with him/her?
    9) ( herrschen)
    wie viel Uhr \haben wir bitte? what time is it, please?;
    wir \haben heute den 13. it's the 13th today;
    in Australien \haben sie jetzt Winter it's winter now in Australia;
    morgen sollen wir über 35º C im Schatten \haben it's supposed to be over 35 in the shade tomorrow;
    in Bayern \haben wir seit Tagen strengen Frost we've had a severe frost in Bavaria for days
    es... \haben;
    ihr habt es sicher sehr angenehm in dieser Wohngegend it must certainly be very pleasant for you in this residential area;
    so hast du es bequemer you'll be more comfortable that way;
    ich habe es etwas kalt im Haus my house is a bit cold;
    es bei jdm gut \haben to be well off with sb; s. a. leicht, schlecht, schwer
    etw zu tun \haben to have to do sth;
    du hast zu tun, was ich sage! you're to do what [or as] I say!;
    Sie \haben hier keine Fragen zu stellen! it's not for you to ask questions here!;
    ich habe noch zu arbeiten I've still got work to do;
    als Rekrut \haben Sie sich nicht zu beschweren! as a recruit it's not your place to complain!
    im Schlafzimmer hat er ein Bild hängen he's got a picture hanging in his bedroom;
    ich habe über 4000 Bücher in den Regalen stehen I've got over 4,000 books on the shelves
    13) ( DIAL) ( geben)
    es hat there is/are;
    im Sommer hat es dort immer reichlich Obst there's always an abundance of fruit there in the summer;
    jdm etw \haben to have sth for sb;
    geh zu deinem Opa, der hat dir was go and see grandad, he's got something for you
    etw an sich dat \haben to have sth about one;
    sie hat so etwas an sich, das sie sehr anziehend macht she has something about her that makes her very attractive;
    ich weiß nicht, was er an sich hat, dass alle ihn so mögen I don't know what it is about him that makes everyone like him so much;
    das hat er/ sie/ es so an sich dat that's [just] the way he/she/it is;
    das hat sie so an sich that's just the way she is;
    etw an jdm \haben;
    jetzt weiß ich, was ich an ihr habe now I know how lucky I am to have her;
    an diesen Idioten habe ich doch nichts! these idiots are useless to me!;
    an den Kindern habe ich eine große Hilfe the children are a great help to me;
    es an/ in etw dat \haben (fam: leiden) to have trouble with sth;
    ich habe es im Rücken! I've got trouble with my back;
    er hat es am Herz he's got heart trouble;
    was hat es damit auf sich? what's all this about?;
    für etw zu haben/nicht zu \haben sein to be/not to be keen on sth;
    für einen schönen Videoabend bin ich schon immer zu \haben gewesen I've always been keen on a nice video evening;
    er ist immer für einen Spaß zu \haben he's always on for a laugh;
    etwas für sich \haben;
    keine schlechte Idee, sie hat etwas für sich not a bad idea, there's something to be said for it;
    jdn/etw gegen sich \haben to have sb/sth against one;
    jetzt hat sie die ganze Firma gegen sich now she's got the whole firm against her;
    etwas/ nichts gegen jdn/etw \haben to have something/nothing against sb/sth;
    hast du was gegen mein neues Kleid? have you got something against my new dress?;
    es in sich \haben ( fam) to be tough;
    der Trick hat es in sich! the trick's a tough one!;
    der Wein hat es aber in sich! the wine has really got some punch!;
    das Essen muss es wohl in sich gehabt \haben the food must have been really rich;
    etwas mit jdm \haben ( euph) to have something [or a thing] going with sb ( euph)
    der Chef hat wohl etwas mit seiner Sekretärin there's something [going on] between the boss and his secretary;
    es mit etw \haben to have a thing about sth;
    etw von jdm \haben to have sth from sb;
    die blauen Augen hat sie vom Vater she has her father's blue eyes, she gets her blue eyes from her father;
    er hat etwas von einem Bengel [an sich] he's a bit of a rascal;
    ihre Skulpturen \haben etwas von Rubin her sculpture owes much to Rubin;
    von wem hast du deine schlechten Manieren? from whom did you get your bad manners?;
    mehr/ viel/ wenig von jdm/etw \haben to get more/a lot/little from [or out of] sb/sth;
    die Kinder \haben bisher wenig von ihrem Vater gehabt the children have seen little of their father so far;
    etw von etw \haben to get sth out of sth;
    das hast du nun von deiner Kompromisslosigkeit that's what comes of being unwilling to compromise;
    das Kleid hat etwas von Eleganz the dress has a certain elegance about it;
    nichts davon \haben not to gain anything from it;
    warum tut sie das? davon hat sie doch gar nichts! why does she do it? she doesn't gain anything from it;
    das hast du jetzt davon[, dass...] ( fam) that's what you get for...;
    das hast du jetzt davon! now see where it's got you!;
    das hast du nun davon, dass du immer so schnell fährst! that's what you get for speeding all the time!;
    jdn vor sich dat \haben to deal with sb;
    wissen Sie überhaupt, wen Sie vor sich haben? have you any idea whom you are dealing with?
    WENDUNGEN:
    das nicht \haben können ( fam) to not be able to stand that;
    hör auf mit diesen Ausdrücken, ich kann das nicht haben! stop using these expressions, I can't stand it!;
    noch/nicht mehr zu \haben sein ( fam) to be still/no longer available;
    ich habe mich von meiner Freundin getrennt, ich bin jetzt wieder zu \haben my girlfriend and I have split up, so now I'm available again;
    da hast du/\haben Sie... there you are;
    da hast du zehn Euro! there you are, there's ten euros!;
    also gut, da \haben Sie das Geld right, well there you are, there's the money;
    da hast du's/\haben wir's! ( fam) there you are [or ( fam) go] !;
    da \haben wir's, genau wie ich es vorausgesagt hatte! there you go! exactly as I predicted!;
    ich hab's! ( fam) I've got it! ( fam)
    lass mich nachdenken, ja, ich hab's! let me think, yes, I've got it!;
    wie gehabt as usual;
    hat sich was geändert? - nein, es ist alles noch wie gehabt has anything changed? - no, it's still just as it was
    vr fam
    sich [mit/wegen etw] \haben to make a fuss [about sth];
    musst du dich immer so haben? must you always make such a fuss?
    2) ( sich streiten) to argue;
    sie \haben sich mal wieder gehabt they have been arguing [or fighting] again
    es hat sich wieder it's all right again;
    er gab ihr einen Kuss, und es hatte sich wieder he gave her a kiss and it was all right again;
    hat es sich wieder, oder bist du immer noch wütend? is everything OK now or are you still furious?
    WENDUNGEN:
    und damit hat es sich ( fam) and that's it! ( fam)
    hier sind noch mal 500 Euro, und damit hat es sich! here's another 500 euros, but that's it!;
    hat sich was! ( fam) you must be joking!;
    Ihr Schirm? hat sich was, das ist meiner! your umbrella? don't make me laugh, that's mine! vb aux
    etw getan \haben to have done sth;
    ich habe das nicht getan, das war meine Schwester! I didn't do that, it was my sister!;
    hätten Sie das nicht voraussehen können? could you not have foreseen that?;
    du hättest den Brief früher schreiben können you could have written the letter earlier;
    also, ich hätte das nicht gemacht well, I wouldn't have done that;
    etw getan \haben wollen to claim to have done sth;
    sie will ihn in einem Laden gesehen \haben she claims to have seen him in a shop;
    ich will nichts gesagt haben, verstanden? I didn't say anything, OK?
    2. Ha·ben <-s> [ʼha:bn̩] nt
    kein pl credit;
    mit etw im \haben sein to be in credit by sth

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > haben

  • 17 amplissime

    amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
    I.
    Lit.:

    amplus et spectu protervo ferox,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:

    qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:

    ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:

    admodum amplum et excelsum signum,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 74:

    collis castris parum amplus,

    Sall. J. 98, 3:

    porticibus in amplis,

    Verg. A. 3, 353:

    per amplum mittimur Elysium,

    id. ib. 6, 743:

    vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,

    id. ib. 1, 725:

    nil vulva pulchrius ampla,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:

    amplae aures,

    Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:

    milium amplum grano,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:

    cubiculum amplum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:

    baptisterium amplum atque opacum,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:

    quanto est res amplior,

    Lucr. 2, 1133:

    Amplior Urgo et Capraria,

    Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:

    avis paulo amplior passere,

    id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:

    amplior specie mortali,

    Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:

    amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:

    urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,

    id. Agr. 2, 76:

    amplissimum peristylum,

    id. Dom. 116:

    (candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,

    id. Verr. 4, 65:

    mons Italiae amplissimus,

    Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:

    amplissimum flumen,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:

    amplissimus lacus,

    id. ib. 10, 41, 2:

    amplissima insula,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:

    amplissimi horti,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:

    amplissima arborum,

    Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:

    est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,

    id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:

    amplissimum cubiculum,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
    B.
    Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:

    pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,

    Lucr. 5, 944:

    ampla civitas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:

    civitas ampla atque florens,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 3:

    gens ampla,

    Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:

    amplae copiae,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19:

    ampla manus militum,

    Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:

    pecuaria res ampla,

    Cic. Quinct. 12:

    res familiaris ampla,

    id. Phil. 13, 8:

    (res) ampla,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:

    patrimonium amplum et copiosum,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:

    amplae divitiae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:

    esse patri ejus amplas facultates,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:

    in amplis opibus heres,

    Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:

    amplior numerus,

    Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:

    ampliores aquae,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:

    amplior exercitus,

    Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    commeatus spe amplior,

    Sall. J. 75, 8:

    amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:

    pretia ampliora,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:

    omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:

    ampliores noctes,

    Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:

    ut ampliori tempore maneret,

    Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:

    peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,

    Cic. Font. 8:

    exercitus amplissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:

    amplissima pecunia,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:

    amplissimae fortunae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:

    amplissimae patrimonii copiae,

    id. Fl. 89:

    amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:

    opes amplissimae,

    id. ib. 8, 18, 4:

    amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,

    the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:

    ut quirem exaudire amplius,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:

    jam amplius orat,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    daturus non sum amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:

    non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:

    tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:

    ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:

    etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,

    Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:

    hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1:

    si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:

    omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,

    Vell. 2, 110, 3:

    Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 76:

    illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 3:

    amplius possidere,

    Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:

    Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,

    Curt. 8, 4, 21:

    dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:

    cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:

    gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,

    Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:

    te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,

    Cat. 39, 21:

    amplius frumenti auferre,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 49:

    expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,

    id. Fl. 6, 8:

    amplius negotii contrahi,

    id. Cat. 4, 9:

    si amplius obsidum vellet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:

    quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,

    id. B. C. 3, 25.—
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:

    pro viribus amplis,

    Lucr. 5, 1174:

    amplae vires peditum,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;

    ampla nepotum Spes,

    Prop. 4, 22, 41:

    poena sera, sed ampla,

    full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:

    haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:

    si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 50:

    amplior metus,

    Cic. Clu. 128:

    amplior potentia feris,

    Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:

    ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,

    Quint. 2, 3, 4:

    amplior eoque acrior impetus,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    spes amplior,

    Sall. J. 105, 4:

    amplius accipietis judicium,

    severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:

    amplior auctoritas,

    Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:

    amplior virtus,

    higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:

    idem aut amplior cultus (dei),

    Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:

    amplior est quaestio,

    Quint. 3, 5, 8:

    ampliora verba,

    of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:

    quo legatis animus amplior esset,

    Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:

    spiritus amplior,

    Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:

    (honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 41:

    cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,

    very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:

    amplissima spes,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    his finis cognitionis amplissimae,

    most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
    B.
    Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:

    illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,

    great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:

    haec ampla sunt, haec divina,

    Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:

    res gestae satis amplae,

    Sall. C. 8, 2:

    cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,

    Cic. Mil. 57:

    ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,

    Tac. A. 14, 53:

    amplum in modum praemia ostentare,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:

    amplis honoribus usi,

    Sall. J. 25, 4:

    amplis honoribus auctos,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:

    amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,

    a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:

    spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,

    glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:

    ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:

    praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,

    id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:

    alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,

    id. Sest. 27:

    in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,

    id. Marcell. 4:

    corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),

    Quint. 12, 10, 5:

    ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,

    Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:

    in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,

    of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:

    ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:

    hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:

    alicui amplissimas potestates dare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31:

    insignibus amplissimis ornatus,

    id. ib. 2, 101:

    dona amplissima conferre,

    Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:

    praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:

    spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,

    id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:

    velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,

    Quint. 10, 7, 1:

    munera amplissima mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:

    laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,

    id. Pis. 74:

    laudibus amplissimis adficere,

    id. Phil. 7, 11:

    amplissimam gloriam consequi,

    id. Prov. Cons. 39:

    ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,

    id. Deiot. 14:

    amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:

    amplissimis uti honoribus,

    Cic. Fl. 45:

    amplissimos honores adipisci,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    honores adsequi amplissimos,

    id. Mil. 81:

    aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,

    id. Am. 20, 73:

    meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,

    id. Imp. Pomp 2:

    mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,

    in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:

    ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 3:

    provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,

    Suet. Caes. 16:

    amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:

    de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,

    id. Dom. 74:

    quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),

    Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
    C.
    In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:

    quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,

    great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:

    omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:

    convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,

    id. Phil. 3, 20:

    hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:

    amplis doctoribus instructus,

    Tac. A. 14, 52:

    sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:

    cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    ampliores ordines,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:

    nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    quid amplius facitis?

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:

    ex amplissimo genere nubere,

    Cic. Cael. 34:

    amplissimo genere natus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12:

    amplissimos patruos habere,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 147:

    amplissima civitas,

    id. Verr. 5, 122:

    apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,

    id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:

    mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,

    id. Sest. 5:

    licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplissimis operibus increscere,

    id. ib. 8, 4, 3:

    honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,

    Cic. Sen. 2:

    amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,

    id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:

    promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:

    praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,

    Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:

    spes amplissimae dignitatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
    D.
    Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:

    is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:

    homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,

    id. Mur. 8:

    P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,

    id. Caecin. 69:

    ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:

    Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 63:

    vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,

    id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:

    exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,

    id. Deiot. 5, 14:

    cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),

    id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:

    in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,

    id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:

    comitatus virorum amplissimorum,

    id. Sull. 9:

    viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,

    id. Verr. 3, 18:

    ordinis amplissimi esse,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:

    cives amplissimos legare,

    Cic. Balb. 42:

    hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,

    id. Verr. 3, 96:

    amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,

    id. Rep. 1, 6; so,

    amplissimo praeditus magistratu,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:

    amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,

    id. Vesp. 9:

    amplissimum collegium decemvirale,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 3:

    amplissimum sacerdotium,

    id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:

    sacerdotium amplissimum,

    id. Verr. 2, 127.—
    E.
    As rhet. epithet:

    amplus orator,

    one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:

    herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,

    grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:

    amplius compositionis genus,

    more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
    I.
    Lit.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    benigne ei largi atque ampliter,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,

    Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:

    extructam ampliter mensam,

    Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:

    opsonato ampliter,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:

    adpositum est ampliter,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:

    acceptus hilare atque ampliter,

    id. Merc. prol. 98:

    modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:

    parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,

    not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
    b.
    Form amplē:

    exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med. —
    II.
    Trop., fully, handsomely.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    ampliter dicere,

    fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:

    laudare ampliter,

    id. 2, 6, 11.—
    b.
    Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,

    elate ampleque loqui,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:

    satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,

    full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
    a.
    In gen.:

    deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,

    Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:

    cui amplius male faxim,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:

    etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 40:

    multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 49:

    quo populum servare potissit amplius,

    Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:

    At ego amplius dico,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 26:

    amplius posse,

    Sall. J. 69, 2:

    armis amplius valere,

    id. ib. 111, 1:

    si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 953:

    tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?

    besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:

    Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,

    Sall. J. 44, 5:

    felices ter et amplius,

    Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:

    binas aut amplius domos continuare,

    Sall. C. 20, 11:

    ter nec amplius,

    Suet. Caes. 25:

    cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),

    Quint. 12, 11, 24:

    multa promi amplius possunt,

    Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:

    si studere amplius possum,

    Quint. 6, prooem. 4:

    auram communem amplius haurire potui?

    id. 6, prooem. 12:

    sagum, quod amplius est,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
    b.
    And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
    (α).
    With quid, etc.:

    Quid faciam amplius?

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:

    quid dicam amplius?

    Quint. 8, 4, 7:

    quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?

    Cic. Verr. 3, 60:

    quid quaeris amplius?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:

    quid vultis amplius?

    id. Mil. 35:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    quid exspectatis amplius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 174:

    quid amplius exspectabo,

    Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:

    quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?

    Cic. Caecin. 25:

    quid amplius laboremus?

    Quint. 8, prooem. 31:

    quid habet amplius homo?

    Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:

    quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:

    quid amplius debeam optare?

    Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:

    quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?

    more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:

    Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:

    si quid amplius scit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    si quid ego addidero amplius,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:

    si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:

    hoc amplius si quid poteris,

    any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:

    de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,

    id. 1, 1, 8:

    Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:

    his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,

    Quint. 9, 3, 15;

    so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,

    Suet. Calig. 15:

    quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,

    Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:

    quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?

    Cat. 76, 10.—
    (β).
    With nihil, etc.:

    habet nihil amplius quam lutum,

    Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:

    nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,

    Quint. 7, 1, 64:

    nihil enim dixit amplius,

    Cic. Deiot. 21:

    Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,

    I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:

    nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,

    id. Planc. 96:

    nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,

    id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:

    vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:

    si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,

    Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):

    Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,

    id. Marcell. 6, 17:

    amplius nihil respondit,

    Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:

    nihil amplius addens,

    ib. Deut. 5, 22:

    nihil noverunt amplius,

    ib. Eccl. 9, 5:

    nihil amplius optet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:

    nihil amplius potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,

    this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:

    ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,

    Suet. Aug. 2:

    si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,

    Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:

    non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:

    verbum non amplius addam,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:

    non amplius me objurgabis,

    Quint. 5, 10, 47:

    non amplius posse,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:

    non habent amplius quid faciant,

    Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:

    amplius illa jam non inveniet,

    ib. Apoc. 18, 14:

    studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,

    Tac. Or. 5:

    extra me non est alia amplius,

    Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:

    neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:

    neque va dari amplius neque etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 23:

    nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,

    Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:

    nec irascar amplius,

    Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:

    ne amplius dona petas,

    Cat. 68, 14:

    urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,

    Lucr. 4, 874;

    ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,

    Suet. Gram. 17:

    ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,

    Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;

    3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 17:

    ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,

    ib. Deut. 17, 16:

    nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,

    ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
    (γ).
    With nemo:

    cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:

    cum amplius nemo occurreret,

    nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,

    neminem amplius viderunt,

    Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:

    nemo emet amplius,

    no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
    c.
    With numerals and numeral forms.
    (α).
    Without quam:

    amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,

    Cat. 69, 3:

    horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 95:

    amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,

    Sall. C. 59, 6:

    me non amplius novem annos nato,

    Nep. Hann. 2, 3:

    per annos amplius quadraginta,

    Suet. Aug. 72; 32:

    quid si tandem amplius triennium est?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:

    Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,

    Verg. A. 1, 683:

    inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:

    reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,

    id. ib. 1, 28;

    2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:

    huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?

    id. ib. 5, 7, 3:

    cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:

    victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,

    Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:

    ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,

    Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:

    qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,

    Cic. Fl. 63:

    pugnatum duas amplius horas,

    Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:

    duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,

    id. 28, 2:

    decem amplius versus perdidimus,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:

    tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,

    Verg. E. 3, 105.—
    (β).
    With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):

    cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:

    pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,

    Liv. 27, 12:

    neque triennio amplius supervixit,

    Suet. Caes. 89:

    uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;

    6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:

    est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:

    ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,

    Sall. J. 91, 3:

    (Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,

    id. C. 56, 2; so,

    denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,

    id. J. 80, 7.—

    And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,

    Sall. J. 105, 3:

    oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,

    id. ib. 68, 3.—
    (γ).
    With quam (postAug. and eccl.):

    non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,

    Suet. Aug. 78:

    nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,

    id. ib. 17:

    Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,

    id. Tib. 51:

    demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,

    Vulg. Act. 25, 6:

    ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19:

    ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,

    Tac. A. 3, 21:

    haud amplius quam ducentos misit,

    id. ib. 14, 32:

    insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,

    Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
    d. (α).
    Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:

    Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,

    Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.

    also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 86:

    antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:

    ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—

    And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
    (β).
    Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:

    quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:

    Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,

    id. Brut. 5, 18:

    sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,

    id. Fam. 13, 28 A:

    quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,

    id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:

    Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:

    cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;

    so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,

    id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
    (δ).
    To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:

    nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;

    (res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,

    id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:

    excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?

    Ov. M. 9, 148.
    ► The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
    word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;

    as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
    I.
    Lit., very largely, most abundantly:

    ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,

    in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:

    duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,

    Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
    II.
    Fig., most generously, most handsomely:

    qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,

    Cic. Dom. 44:

    amplissime laudare,

    in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:

    honores amplissime gessit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 112:

    pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,

    with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:

    placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,

    should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplissime

  • 18 amplus

    amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
    I.
    Lit.:

    amplus et spectu protervo ferox,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:

    qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:

    ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:

    admodum amplum et excelsum signum,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 74:

    collis castris parum amplus,

    Sall. J. 98, 3:

    porticibus in amplis,

    Verg. A. 3, 353:

    per amplum mittimur Elysium,

    id. ib. 6, 743:

    vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,

    id. ib. 1, 725:

    nil vulva pulchrius ampla,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:

    amplae aures,

    Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:

    milium amplum grano,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:

    cubiculum amplum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:

    baptisterium amplum atque opacum,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:

    quanto est res amplior,

    Lucr. 2, 1133:

    Amplior Urgo et Capraria,

    Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:

    avis paulo amplior passere,

    id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:

    amplior specie mortali,

    Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:

    amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:

    urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,

    id. Agr. 2, 76:

    amplissimum peristylum,

    id. Dom. 116:

    (candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,

    id. Verr. 4, 65:

    mons Italiae amplissimus,

    Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:

    amplissimum flumen,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:

    amplissimus lacus,

    id. ib. 10, 41, 2:

    amplissima insula,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:

    amplissimi horti,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:

    amplissima arborum,

    Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:

    est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,

    id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:

    amplissimum cubiculum,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
    B.
    Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:

    pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,

    Lucr. 5, 944:

    ampla civitas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:

    civitas ampla atque florens,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 3:

    gens ampla,

    Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:

    amplae copiae,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19:

    ampla manus militum,

    Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:

    pecuaria res ampla,

    Cic. Quinct. 12:

    res familiaris ampla,

    id. Phil. 13, 8:

    (res) ampla,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:

    patrimonium amplum et copiosum,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:

    amplae divitiae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:

    esse patri ejus amplas facultates,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:

    in amplis opibus heres,

    Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:

    amplior numerus,

    Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:

    ampliores aquae,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:

    amplior exercitus,

    Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    commeatus spe amplior,

    Sall. J. 75, 8:

    amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:

    pretia ampliora,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:

    omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:

    ampliores noctes,

    Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:

    ut ampliori tempore maneret,

    Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:

    peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,

    Cic. Font. 8:

    exercitus amplissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:

    amplissima pecunia,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:

    amplissimae fortunae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:

    amplissimae patrimonii copiae,

    id. Fl. 89:

    amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:

    opes amplissimae,

    id. ib. 8, 18, 4:

    amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,

    the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:

    ut quirem exaudire amplius,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:

    jam amplius orat,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    daturus non sum amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:

    non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:

    tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:

    ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:

    etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,

    Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:

    hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1:

    si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:

    omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,

    Vell. 2, 110, 3:

    Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 76:

    illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 3:

    amplius possidere,

    Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:

    Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,

    Curt. 8, 4, 21:

    dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:

    cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:

    gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,

    Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:

    te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,

    Cat. 39, 21:

    amplius frumenti auferre,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 49:

    expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,

    id. Fl. 6, 8:

    amplius negotii contrahi,

    id. Cat. 4, 9:

    si amplius obsidum vellet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:

    quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,

    id. B. C. 3, 25.—
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:

    pro viribus amplis,

    Lucr. 5, 1174:

    amplae vires peditum,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;

    ampla nepotum Spes,

    Prop. 4, 22, 41:

    poena sera, sed ampla,

    full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:

    haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:

    si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 50:

    amplior metus,

    Cic. Clu. 128:

    amplior potentia feris,

    Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:

    ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,

    Quint. 2, 3, 4:

    amplior eoque acrior impetus,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    spes amplior,

    Sall. J. 105, 4:

    amplius accipietis judicium,

    severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:

    amplior auctoritas,

    Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:

    amplior virtus,

    higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:

    idem aut amplior cultus (dei),

    Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:

    amplior est quaestio,

    Quint. 3, 5, 8:

    ampliora verba,

    of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:

    quo legatis animus amplior esset,

    Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:

    spiritus amplior,

    Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:

    (honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 41:

    cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,

    very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:

    amplissima spes,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    his finis cognitionis amplissimae,

    most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
    B.
    Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:

    illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,

    great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:

    haec ampla sunt, haec divina,

    Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:

    res gestae satis amplae,

    Sall. C. 8, 2:

    cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,

    Cic. Mil. 57:

    ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,

    Tac. A. 14, 53:

    amplum in modum praemia ostentare,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:

    amplis honoribus usi,

    Sall. J. 25, 4:

    amplis honoribus auctos,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:

    amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,

    a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:

    spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,

    glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:

    ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:

    praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,

    id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:

    alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,

    id. Sest. 27:

    in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,

    id. Marcell. 4:

    corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),

    Quint. 12, 10, 5:

    ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,

    Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:

    in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,

    of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:

    ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:

    hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:

    alicui amplissimas potestates dare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31:

    insignibus amplissimis ornatus,

    id. ib. 2, 101:

    dona amplissima conferre,

    Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:

    praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:

    spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,

    id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:

    velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,

    Quint. 10, 7, 1:

    munera amplissima mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:

    laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,

    id. Pis. 74:

    laudibus amplissimis adficere,

    id. Phil. 7, 11:

    amplissimam gloriam consequi,

    id. Prov. Cons. 39:

    ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,

    id. Deiot. 14:

    amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:

    amplissimis uti honoribus,

    Cic. Fl. 45:

    amplissimos honores adipisci,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    honores adsequi amplissimos,

    id. Mil. 81:

    aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,

    id. Am. 20, 73:

    meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,

    id. Imp. Pomp 2:

    mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,

    in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:

    ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 3:

    provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,

    Suet. Caes. 16:

    amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:

    de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,

    id. Dom. 74:

    quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),

    Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
    C.
    In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:

    quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,

    great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:

    omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:

    convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,

    id. Phil. 3, 20:

    hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:

    amplis doctoribus instructus,

    Tac. A. 14, 52:

    sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:

    cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    ampliores ordines,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:

    nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    quid amplius facitis?

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:

    ex amplissimo genere nubere,

    Cic. Cael. 34:

    amplissimo genere natus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12:

    amplissimos patruos habere,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 147:

    amplissima civitas,

    id. Verr. 5, 122:

    apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,

    id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:

    mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,

    id. Sest. 5:

    licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplissimis operibus increscere,

    id. ib. 8, 4, 3:

    honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,

    Cic. Sen. 2:

    amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,

    id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:

    promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:

    praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,

    Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:

    spes amplissimae dignitatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
    D.
    Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:

    is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:

    homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,

    id. Mur. 8:

    P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,

    id. Caecin. 69:

    ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:

    Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 63:

    vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,

    id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:

    exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,

    id. Deiot. 5, 14:

    cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),

    id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:

    in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,

    id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:

    comitatus virorum amplissimorum,

    id. Sull. 9:

    viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,

    id. Verr. 3, 18:

    ordinis amplissimi esse,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:

    cives amplissimos legare,

    Cic. Balb. 42:

    hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,

    id. Verr. 3, 96:

    amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,

    id. Rep. 1, 6; so,

    amplissimo praeditus magistratu,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:

    amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,

    id. Vesp. 9:

    amplissimum collegium decemvirale,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 3:

    amplissimum sacerdotium,

    id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:

    sacerdotium amplissimum,

    id. Verr. 2, 127.—
    E.
    As rhet. epithet:

    amplus orator,

    one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:

    herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,

    grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:

    amplius compositionis genus,

    more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
    I.
    Lit.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    benigne ei largi atque ampliter,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,

    Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:

    extructam ampliter mensam,

    Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:

    opsonato ampliter,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:

    adpositum est ampliter,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:

    acceptus hilare atque ampliter,

    id. Merc. prol. 98:

    modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:

    parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,

    not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
    b.
    Form amplē:

    exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med. —
    II.
    Trop., fully, handsomely.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    ampliter dicere,

    fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:

    laudare ampliter,

    id. 2, 6, 11.—
    b.
    Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,

    elate ampleque loqui,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:

    satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,

    full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
    a.
    In gen.:

    deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,

    Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:

    cui amplius male faxim,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:

    etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 40:

    multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 49:

    quo populum servare potissit amplius,

    Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:

    At ego amplius dico,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 26:

    amplius posse,

    Sall. J. 69, 2:

    armis amplius valere,

    id. ib. 111, 1:

    si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 953:

    tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?

    besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:

    Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,

    Sall. J. 44, 5:

    felices ter et amplius,

    Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:

    binas aut amplius domos continuare,

    Sall. C. 20, 11:

    ter nec amplius,

    Suet. Caes. 25:

    cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),

    Quint. 12, 11, 24:

    multa promi amplius possunt,

    Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:

    si studere amplius possum,

    Quint. 6, prooem. 4:

    auram communem amplius haurire potui?

    id. 6, prooem. 12:

    sagum, quod amplius est,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
    b.
    And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
    (α).
    With quid, etc.:

    Quid faciam amplius?

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:

    quid dicam amplius?

    Quint. 8, 4, 7:

    quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?

    Cic. Verr. 3, 60:

    quid quaeris amplius?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:

    quid vultis amplius?

    id. Mil. 35:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    quid exspectatis amplius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 174:

    quid amplius exspectabo,

    Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:

    quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?

    Cic. Caecin. 25:

    quid amplius laboremus?

    Quint. 8, prooem. 31:

    quid habet amplius homo?

    Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:

    quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:

    quid amplius debeam optare?

    Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:

    quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?

    more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:

    Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:

    si quid amplius scit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    si quid ego addidero amplius,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:

    si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:

    hoc amplius si quid poteris,

    any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:

    de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,

    id. 1, 1, 8:

    Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:

    his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,

    Quint. 9, 3, 15;

    so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,

    Suet. Calig. 15:

    quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,

    Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:

    quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?

    Cat. 76, 10.—
    (β).
    With nihil, etc.:

    habet nihil amplius quam lutum,

    Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:

    nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,

    Quint. 7, 1, 64:

    nihil enim dixit amplius,

    Cic. Deiot. 21:

    Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,

    I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:

    nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,

    id. Planc. 96:

    nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,

    id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:

    vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:

    si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,

    Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):

    Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,

    id. Marcell. 6, 17:

    amplius nihil respondit,

    Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:

    nihil amplius addens,

    ib. Deut. 5, 22:

    nihil noverunt amplius,

    ib. Eccl. 9, 5:

    nihil amplius optet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:

    nihil amplius potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,

    this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:

    ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,

    Suet. Aug. 2:

    si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,

    Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:

    non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:

    verbum non amplius addam,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:

    non amplius me objurgabis,

    Quint. 5, 10, 47:

    non amplius posse,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:

    non habent amplius quid faciant,

    Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:

    amplius illa jam non inveniet,

    ib. Apoc. 18, 14:

    studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,

    Tac. Or. 5:

    extra me non est alia amplius,

    Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:

    neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:

    neque va dari amplius neque etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 23:

    nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,

    Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:

    nec irascar amplius,

    Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:

    ne amplius dona petas,

    Cat. 68, 14:

    urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,

    Lucr. 4, 874;

    ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,

    Suet. Gram. 17:

    ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,

    Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;

    3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 17:

    ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,

    ib. Deut. 17, 16:

    nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,

    ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
    (γ).
    With nemo:

    cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:

    cum amplius nemo occurreret,

    nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,

    neminem amplius viderunt,

    Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:

    nemo emet amplius,

    no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
    c.
    With numerals and numeral forms.
    (α).
    Without quam:

    amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,

    Cat. 69, 3:

    horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 95:

    amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,

    Sall. C. 59, 6:

    me non amplius novem annos nato,

    Nep. Hann. 2, 3:

    per annos amplius quadraginta,

    Suet. Aug. 72; 32:

    quid si tandem amplius triennium est?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:

    Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,

    Verg. A. 1, 683:

    inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:

    reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,

    id. ib. 1, 28;

    2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:

    huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?

    id. ib. 5, 7, 3:

    cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:

    victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,

    Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:

    ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,

    Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:

    qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,

    Cic. Fl. 63:

    pugnatum duas amplius horas,

    Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:

    duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,

    id. 28, 2:

    decem amplius versus perdidimus,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:

    tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,

    Verg. E. 3, 105.—
    (β).
    With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):

    cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:

    pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,

    Liv. 27, 12:

    neque triennio amplius supervixit,

    Suet. Caes. 89:

    uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;

    6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:

    est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:

    ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,

    Sall. J. 91, 3:

    (Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,

    id. C. 56, 2; so,

    denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,

    id. J. 80, 7.—

    And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,

    Sall. J. 105, 3:

    oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,

    id. ib. 68, 3.—
    (γ).
    With quam (postAug. and eccl.):

    non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,

    Suet. Aug. 78:

    nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,

    id. ib. 17:

    Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,

    id. Tib. 51:

    demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,

    Vulg. Act. 25, 6:

    ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19:

    ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,

    Tac. A. 3, 21:

    haud amplius quam ducentos misit,

    id. ib. 14, 32:

    insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,

    Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
    d. (α).
    Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:

    Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,

    Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.

    also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 86:

    antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:

    ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—

    And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
    (β).
    Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:

    quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:

    Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,

    id. Brut. 5, 18:

    sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,

    id. Fam. 13, 28 A:

    quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,

    id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:

    Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:

    cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;

    so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,

    id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
    (δ).
    To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:

    nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;

    (res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,

    id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:

    excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?

    Ov. M. 9, 148.
    ► The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
    word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;

    as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
    I.
    Lit., very largely, most abundantly:

    ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,

    in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:

    duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,

    Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
    II.
    Fig., most generously, most handsomely:

    qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,

    Cic. Dom. 44:

    amplissime laudare,

    in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:

    honores amplissime gessit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 112:

    pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,

    with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:

    placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,

    should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplus

  • 19 πολύς

    πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, οῦ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.) ‘much’.—Comparative πλείων, πλεῖον (18 times in the NT, 4 times in the Apost. Fathers [including Hv 3, 6, 4; Hs 8, 1, 16] and Ath. 12, 3) or πλέον (Lk 3:13 and Ac 15:28 μηδὲν πλέον; otherwise, πλέον in the NT only J 21:15; 14 times in the Apost. Fathers [incl. μηδὲν πλέον Hs 1, 1, 6]; Ar. twice; Just. 6 times; Tat. once; Ath. 7 times), ονος; pl. πλείονες, and acc. πλείονας contracted πλείους, neut. πλείονα and πλείω (the latter Mt 26:53 [πλεῖον, πλείου vv.ll.]; B-D-F §30, 2; Mlt-H. 82; Thackeray p. 81f; Mayser p. 68f) ‘more’ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27=Stone p. 70 [πλείον]; TestJob 35:2; TestGad 7:2 [πλεῖον]; AscIs 3:8; [πλέον]; EpArist; apolog. exc. Mel.).—Superlative πλεῖστος, η, ον ‘most’ (Hom.+).
    ① pert. to being a large number, many, a great number of
    ⓐ positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. adj., preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun) in the pl. many, numerous δυνάμεις πολλαί many mighty deeds Mt 7:22b. δαιμονιζόμενοι πολλοί 8:16. Cp. vs. 30; 9:10; 13:17; 24:11; 27:52, 55; Mk 2:15a; 6:13; 12:41; Lk 4:25, 27; 7:21b; 10:24; J 10:32; 14:2; Ac 1:3; 2:43; 8:7b; 14:22; Ro 4:17f (Gen 17:5); 8:29; 12:4; 1 Cor 8:5ab; 11:30; 12:12a, 20; 1 Ti 6:12; 2 Ti 2:2; Hb 2:10; 1J 4:1; 2J 7; Rv 5:11; 9:9; 10:11; 1 Cl 55:3ab. ἔτη πολλά many years: Lk 12:19b (εἰς ἔτη π.); Ac 24:10 (ἐκ π. ἐτῶν); Ro 15:23 (ἀπὸ π. [v.l. ἱκανῶν] ἐτῶν).—αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αἱ πολλαί Lk 7:47a. αἱ εὐεργεσίαι αἱ π. 1 Cl 21:1.—πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα many serious charges Ac 25:7 (cp. Ps.-Pla., Sisyph. 1, 387a πολλά τε καὶ καλὰ πράγματα; B-D-F §442, 11; Rob. 655). πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα J 20:30 (on the form X., Hell. 5, 4, 1 πολλὰ μὲν οὖν … καὶ ἄλλα λέγειν καὶ Ἑλληνικὰ καὶ βαρβαρικά; Dionys. Hal. 2, 67, 5; Ps.-Demetr. 142 πολλὰς κ. ἄλλας χάριτας; Jos., Ant. 3, 318; Tat. 38, 1. On the subject-matter Bultmann 540, 3; also Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 28 after a miracle-story: μυρία δʼ ἕτερα θαυμαστότερα κ. θειότερα περὶ τἀνδρὸς … εἴρηται κτλ.).—ἄλλοι πολλοί many others IRo 10:1. ἄλλαι πολλαί Mk 15:41. ἄλλα πολλά (Jos., Bell. 6, 169, Ant. 9, 242; Just., D. 8, 1) J 21:25. ἕτεροι πολλοί Ac 15:35. ἕτερα πολλά (Jos., Vi. 39) Lk 22:65.—Predicative: πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐισερχόμενοι Mt 7:13.—Mk 5:9; 6:31; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). AcPl Ha 5, 16.—οὐ πολλοί not many=( only) a few οὐ πολλαὶ ἡμέραι (Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13; J 2:12; Ac 1:5; AcPl Ha 11, 1. οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοί not many wise (people) 1 Cor 1:26a; cp. bc. οὐ πολλοί πατέρες not many fathers 4:15.
    β. subst.
    א. πολλοί many i.e. persons—without the art. Mt 7:22; 8:11; 12:15; 20:28; 24:5ab; 26:28; Mk 2:2; 3:10 (Mt 12:15 has ascensive πάντας; other passages to be compared in this connection are Mk 10:45=Mt 20:28 πολλῶν and 1 Ti 2:6 πάντων. Cp. the double tradition of the saying of Bias in Clem. of Alex., Strom. 1, 61, 3 πάντες ἄνθρωποι κακοὶ ἢ οἱ πλεῖστοι τ. ἀνθρώπων κακοί.—On Mk 10:45 s. OCullmann, TZ 4, ’48, 471–73); 6:2; 11:8; Lk 1:1 (cp. Herm. Wr. 11, 1, 1b and see JBauer, NovT 4, ’60, 263–66), 14; J 2:23; 8:30; Ac 9:42; Ro 16:2; 2 Cor 11:18; Gal 3:16 (πολλοί= a plurality); Tit 1:10; Hb 12:15; 2 Pt 2:2. AcPl Ha 5, 8; 7, 5; 11, 3. Opp. ὀλίγοι Mt 22:14; 20:16 v.l. (cp. Pla., Phd. 69c ναρθηκοφόροι μὲν πολλοί, βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι=the thyrsus-bearers [officials] are many, but the truly inspired are few)—W. a partitive gen. πολλοὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων Mt 3:7. π. πῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:16.—J 4:39; 12:11; Ac 4:4; 8:7a; 13:43; 18:8; 19:18; 2 Cor 12:21; Rv 8:11.—W. ἐκ and gen. (AscIs 3:1; Jos., Ant. 11, 151) πολλοὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν J 6:60, 66.—10:20; 11:19, 45; 12:42; Ac 17:12. ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου πολλοί J 7:31 (Appian, Iber. 78 §337 πολλοὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους).
    ב. πολλά—many things, much without the art.: γράφειν write at length B 4:9. διδάσκειν Mk 4:2; 6:34b. λαλεῖν Mt 13:3. μηχανᾶσθαι MPol 3. πάσχειν (Pind., O. 13, 63 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 268; 403) Mt 16:21; Mk 5:26a; 9:12; Lk 9:22; 17:25; B 7:11; AcPl Ha 8, 19. ποιεῖν Mk 6:20 v.l. United w. another neut. by καί (Lucian, Icar. 20 πολλὰ κ. δεινά; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 345 D.: πολλὰ κ. καλά; Ps.-Demetr., El. 70 πολλὰ κ. ἄλλα; likew. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §53; Arrian, Anab. 6, 11, 2) πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα many other things Lk 3:18. πολλὰ ἂν κ. ἄλλα εἰπεῖν ἔχοιμι Dg 2:10 (Eur., Ep. 3, 2, πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα εἰπεῖν ἔχω; Diod S 17, 38, 3 πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα … διαλεχθείς). ἐν πολλοῖς in many ways (Diod S 26, 1, 2; OGI 737, 7 [II B.C.]; Just., D. 124, 4 [of line of proof]) 2 Cor 8:22a. ἐπὶ πολλῶν (opp. ἐπὶ ὀλίγα) over many things Mt 25:21, 23.—W. art. (Pla., Apol. 1, 17a) τὰ πολλὰ πράσσειν transact a great deal of business Hs 4:5b.
    γ. elliptical δαρήσεται πολλά (sc. πληγάς) will receive many (lashes) Lk 12:47 (B-D-F §154; 241, 6).
    ⓑ comparative πλείων, πλεῖον
    α. adj. w. a plural (Diod S 14, 6, 1 μισθοφόρους πλείους=many mercenaries) πλείονας πόνους (opp. οὐχ ἕνα οὐδὲ δύο) 1 Cl 5:4. ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους for a (large) number of days, for many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277; cp. Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 29 πλείονας ἡμ.) Ac 13:31.—21:10 (Jos., Ant. 16, 15); 24:17; 25:14; 27:20. οἱ μὲν πλείονές εἰσιν γεγονότες ἱερεῖς the priests of former times existed in greater numbers Hb 7:23. ἑτέροις λόγοις πλείοσιν in many more words (than have been reported) Ac 2:40. ταῦτα καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα MPol 12:1.—W. a gen. of comparison (Just., A I 53, 3; Tat. 3, 2) ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων other slaves, more than (he had sent) at first Mt 21:36. πλείονα σημεῖα ὧν more signs than those which J 7:31. Also w. ἤ: πλείονας μαθητὰς ἤ more disciples than 4:1. After πλείονες (-α) before numerals the word for ‘than’ is omitted (B-D-F §185, 4; Kühner-G. II 311; Rob. 666; Jos., Ant. 14, 96) ἐτῶν ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος the man was more than 40 years old Ac 4:22. πλείους τεσσεράκοντα 23:13, 21. Cp. 24:11; 25:6 (Jos., Ant. 6, 306 δέκα οὐ πλείους ἡμέρας).—The ref. is to relative extent (cp. 2bα) in τὰ ἔργα σου τὰ ἕσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων your deeds, the latter of which are greater than the former Rv 2:19.
    β. subst.
    א. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους the majority, most (Diog. L. 1, 20; 22; Jos., Ant. 10, 114) Ac 19:32; 27:12. W. ἐξ: ἐξ ὧν οἱ πλείονες most of whom 1 Cor 15:6. W. gen. and a neg. (litotes) οὐκ ἐν τ. πλείοσιν αὐτῶν ηὐδόκησεν ὁ θεός God was pleased with only a few of them 10:5. This is perh. (s. ג below) the place for 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6; 9:2. Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.
    ב. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους (even) more πλείονες in even greater numbers Ac 28:23. πολλῷ πλείους ἐπίστευσαν many more came to believe J 4:41.—διὰ τῶν πλειόνων to more and more people=those who are still to be won for Christ 2 Cor 4:15.
    ג. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους. In contrast to a minority οἱ πλείονες can gain the sense the others, the rest (so τὰ πλείονα Soph., Oed. Col. 36; τὸ πλέον Thu. 4, 30, 4; Jos., Ant. 12, 240; B-D-F §244, 3). So perh. (s. א above) ἵνα τ. πλείονας κερδήσω (opp. the apostle himself) 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6 (opp. the one who has been punished too severely.—In this case [s. א above] his punishment would have been determined by a unanimous vote of the Christian assembly rather than by a majority). Cp. 9:2; Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.
    ד. πλείονα (for πλεῖον) more Mt 20:10 v.l.; various things Lk 11:53. ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς πλείονα 1 Cl 24:5 (s. as adv. ParJer 7:26).
    ⓒ superl. adj. πλείστη w. a plural most of αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις Mt 11:20 (difft. B-D-F §245, 1).
    ② pert. to being relatively large in quantity or measure, much, extensive
    ⓐ positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. adj. preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun)
    א. in the sg. much, large, great πολὺς ἀριθμός Ac 11:21. W. words that in themselves denote a plurality (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 80 §338 στρατὸς πολύς) πολὺς ὄχλος (s. ὄχ. 1a) Mt 14:14; 20:29; 26:47; Mk 5:21, 24; 6:34a; 8:1; 9:14; 12:37 (ὁ π. ὄχ.); Lk 5:29; 6:17a; 8:4; J 6:2, 5 (for the expression ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, in which π. follows the noun, J 12:9, 12, cp. Arrian, Anab. 1, 9, 6 ὁ φόνος πολύς); Ac 6:7; Rv 7:9; 19:1, 6. πολὺ πλῆθος (s. pl. 2bα) Mk 3:7f; Lk 5:6; 6:17b; 23:27; Ac 14:1; 17:4; 1 Cl 6:1. λαὸς πολύς many people Ac 18:10. Of money and its value, also used in imagery μισθὸς πολύς Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, 35 (all three predicative, as Gen 15:1). ἐργασία π. Ac 16:16. π. κεφάλαιον 22:28. χρυσοῦ πολλοῦ … τρυφῆς πολλῆς AcPl Ha 2, 19.—Of things that occur in the mass or in large quantities (Diod S 3, 50, 1 πολλὴ ἄμπελος) γῆ πολλή Mt 13:5; Mk 4:5; θερισμὸς π. Mt 9:37; Lk 10:2 (both pred.). χόρτος π. J 6:10; καρπὸς π. (Cyranides p. 121, 11) 12:24; 15:5, 8.—λόγος π. a long speech (Diod S 13, 1, 2; Just., D. 123, 7) Ac 15:32; 20:2. περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11 (cp. Pla., Phd. 115d).—Of time: πολὺς χρόνος a long time (Hom. et al.; Demetr.(?): 722 Fgm. 7; Jos., Ant. 8, 342; 19, 28; Just., A II, 2, 11) J 5:6 (s. ἔχω 7b); Hs 6, 4, 4 (pred.). μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον (Jos., Ant. 12, 324) Mt 25:19. Differently Mk 6:35ab (s. 3aα).
    ב. adj. w. a noun in the pl. many, large, great, extensive, plentiful ὄχλοι πολλοί great crowds or probably better many people (as Diod S 20, 59, 2; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 3. For the corresponding mng. of ὄχλοι s. ὄχλος 1a) Mt 4:25; 8:1; 13:2; 15:30a; 19:2; Lk 5:15; 14:25. κτήματα πολλά a great deal of property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22 (cp. Da 11:28 χρήματα π.). ὕδατα πολλά much water, many waters (Maximus Tyr. 21, 3g of the Nile ὁ πολὺς ποταμός, likew. Procop. Soph., Ep. 111) J 3:23; Rv 1:15; 14:2; 17:1; 19:6b. θυμιάματα πολλά a great deal of incense 8:3. τὰ πολλὰ γράμματα Ac 26:24. πολλοὶ χρόνοι long periods of time (Plut., Thes. 6, 9). πολλοῖς χρόνοις for long periods of time (SIG 836, 6; pap) Lk 8:29; 1 Cl 44:3. χρόνοις πολλοῖς AcPlCor 2:10. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων (Diod S 3, 47, 8; Jos., Ant. 14, 110; 17, 204) 1 Cl 42:5.
    β. subst.
    א. πολλοί many i.e. pers.—w. the art. οἱ πολλοί the many, of whatever appears in the context Mk 6:2 v.l. (the many people who were present in the synagogue); 9:26b (the whole crowd). Opp. ὁ εἷς Ro 5:15ac, 19ab; the many who form the ἓν σῶμα the one body 12:5; 1 Cor 10:17. Paul pays attention to the interests of the many rather than to his own vs. 33 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 212).—The majority, most (X., An. 5, 6, 19; Appian, Maced. 7, Bell. Civ. 4, 73 §309; 2 Macc 1:36; En 104:10; AscIs 3:26; Jos., Ant. 17, 72; Just., D. 4, 3) Mt 24:12; Hb 12:15 v.l. W. a connotation of disapproval most people, the crowd (Socrat., Ep. 6, 2; Dio Chrys. 15 [32], 8; Epict. 1, 3, 4; 2, 1, 22 al.; Plut., Mor. 33a; 470b; Plotinus, Enn. 2, 9, 9; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 42) 2 Cor 2:17; Pol 2:1; 7:2.—Jeremias, The Eucharistic Words of Jesus3, tr. NPerrin, ’66, 179–82; 226–31, and TW VI 536–45: πολλοί.
    ב. πολύ much ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολὺ κτλ. Lk 12:48 (Just., A I, 17, 4 twice πλέον). Cp. 16:10ab; 2 Cl 8:5; καρποφορεῖν π. bear much fruit Hs 2:3. πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον much in every way Ro 3:2 (Ael. Aristid. 34, 43 K.=50 p. 562 D. gives answer to a sim. quest. asked by himself: πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα).—Js 5:16.—As gen. of price πολλοῦ for a large sum of money (Menand., Fgm. 197 Kö.; PRyl 244, 10. S. στρουθίον.) Mt 26:9.—Of time: ἐπὶ πολύ ( for) a long time (JosAs 19:3; Ar. 65, 3; s. also ἐπί 18cβ) Ac 28:6; AcPl Ha 10, 21. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon afterward Ac 27:14 (μετά B 2c).—ἐπὶ πολύ more than once, often (Is 55:7) Hm 4, 1, 8.—Before a comp. (as Hom. et al.; B-D-F §246; Rob. 664) in the acc. πολὺ βέλτιον much better Hs 1:9. π. ἐλάττων v 3, 7, 6 (Ar. 6, 2). π. μᾶλλον much more, to a much greater degree (Dio Chrys. 2, 10; 17; 64 al.; Ael. Aristid. 34, 9 K.=50 p. 549 D.; Just., A II, 8, 3; D. 95, 1 al.) Hb 12:9, 25 (by means of a negative it acquires the mng. much less; cp. Diod S 7, 14, 6 πολὺ μᾶλλον μὴ … =even much less); Dg 2:7b. π. πλέον 2:7a (Ar. 11, 7). π. σπουδαιότερος 2 Cor 8:22b. Cp. π. τιμώτερον 1 Pt 1:7 v.l.; in the dat. of degree of difference πολλῷ μᾶλλον (Thu. 2, 51, 4; UPZ 42, 48 [162 B.C.]; EpArist 7; 24 al.; Sir prol. ln. 14; Jos., Ant. 18, 184; Just., A I, 68, 9; Tat. 17, 4) Mt 6:30; Mk 10:48b; Lk 18:39; Ro 5:9f, 15b, 17; 1 Cor 12:22; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; Phil 2:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρείσσον 1:23 (v.l. without μᾶλλον). πολλῷ πλείους J 4:41. πολλῷ στρουθίων as v.l. Mt 20:31 and Lk 12:7 (both N.25 app.; on the strong ms. support for this rdg. s. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 21–24).—W. the art. τὸ πολύ (opp. τὸ ὀλίγον as X., An. 7, 7, 36) 2 Cor 8:15 (cp. Ex 16:18).
    ג. πολύς (Diod S 14, 107, 4 πολὺς ἦν ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ=he was strongly inclined toward punishing) μὴ πολὺς ἐν ῥήμασιν γίνου do not be profuse in speech, do not gossip 1 Cl 30:5 (Job 11:3).—Παπίας ὁ πολύς Papias (7), prob. to be understood as ὁ πάνυ; s. πάνυ d.
    ⓑ comp. πλείων, πλεῖον; adv. πλειόνως
    α. adj., w. a singular (TestJob 35:2 διὰ πλείονος εὐωδίας) καρπὸν πλείονα more fruit J 15:2, 8 P66; Hs 5, 2, 4. τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ ὄχλου the greater part of the throng 8, 1, 16. ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον for a longer time (PTebt 6:31 [II B.C.]) Ac 18:20. Foll. by gen. of comparison: πλείονα τιμήν more honor Hb 3:3b.—IPol 1:3a. Foll. by παρά τινα for comparison Hb 3:3a; 11:4; Hs 9, 18, 2. ὅσῳ πλείονος κατηξιώθημεν γνώσεως, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον 1 Cl 41:4.—τὸ πλεῖον μέρος as adv. acc. for the greater part Hv 3, 6, 4a.
    β. as subst. πλεῖον, πλέον more τὸ πλεῖον the greater sum (cp. Diod S 1, 82, 2=the greater part; Ps 89:10) Lk 7:43. πλεῖον λαμβάνειν receive a larger sum Mt 20:10. W. partitive gen. ἐπὶ πλεῖον προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας they will arrive at an ever greater measure of impiety=become more and more deeply involved in impiety 2 Ti 2:16. W. a gen. of comparison πλεῖον τῆς τροφῆς someth. greater (more important) than food Mt 6:25; Lk 12:23. πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ Mt 12:41; cp. vs. 42; Lk 11:31, 32. ἡ χήρα πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν the widow put in more than all the rest Mk 12:43; Lk 21:3. μηδὲν πλέον nothing more (Jos., Bell. 1, 43; cp. Just., D. 2, 3 οὐδὲν πλέον); the words than, except following are expressed by παρά and the acc. Lk 3:13 or by πλήν w. gen. Ac 15:28, w. εἰ μή Hs 1:6.—The acc. is used as an adv. more, in greater measure, to a greater degree (Herm. Wr. 13, 21 Nock after the mss.) Lk 7:42; IRo 1:1; IEph 6:2; w. a gen. of comparison Mt 5:20 (περισσεύω 1aβ); J 21:15; IPol 5:2 (s. Ad’Alès, RSR 25, ’35, 489–92). τριετίαν ἢ καὶ πλεῖον for three years or even more Ac 20:18 D (cp. TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27 [Stone p. 70, 27]).—ἐπὶ πλεῖον any farther (of place) Ac 4:17 (TestGad 7:2; Ath. 12 [ἐπί 4bβ]); (of time) at length Ac 20:9 (ἐπί 18cβ) or any longer, too long 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1 (ἐπί 18cβ); any more, even more (ἐπί 13) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). Strengthened πολὺ πλέον much more, much rather (4 Macc 1:8; cp. X., An. 7, 5, 15; BGU 180, 12f [172 A.D.] πολλῷ πλεῖον; Ar. 11, 7 πολλῷ πλεῖον) Dg 2:7; 4:5.—Also w. indications of number (s. 1bα) πλεῖον ἢ ἄρτοι πέντε Lk 9:13 (the words πλ. ἤ outside the constr. as X., An. 1, 2, 11). In πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων more than twelve legions of angels Mt 26:53 the text is uncertain (B-D-F §185, 4; s. Rob. 666).—The adv. can also be expressed by πλειόνως (Aeneas Tact. 237; Jos., Ant. 17, 2; Leontios 24, p. 52, 10) more ὅσον … πλειόνως the more … the more IEph 6:1.
    ⓒ superl. πλεῖστος, ον
    α. adj.
    א. superlative proper τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος the greatest part w. partitive gen. Hs 8, 2, 9; 9, 7, 4. As adv. acc. for the greatest part 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1 (s. μέρος 1d).
    ב. elative (s. Mayser II/1, 1926, 53) very great, very large (ὁ) πλεῖστος ὄχλος Mt 21:8 (ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχλος could also be the greatest part of the crowd, as Thu. 7, 78, 2; Pla., Rep. 3, 397d); Mk 4:1.
    β. subst. οἱ πλεῖστοι the majority, most Ac 19:32 D (Just., D. 1, 4; cp. D. 48, 4 πλεῖστοι).
    ③ pert. to being high on a scale of extent
    ⓐ positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. as simple adj., to denote degree much, great, strong, severe, hard, deep, profound (Diod S 13, 7, 4 πολὺς φόβος; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 57; 58 p. 265, 3 πολλὴ δικαιοσύνη; Eccl 5:16 θυμὸς π.; Sir 15:18 σοφία; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 4 [Stone p. 54] ἀθυμία; Just., D. 3, 1 ἠρεμία) ἀγάπη Eph 2:4. ἀγών 1 Th 2:2. ἄθλησις Hb 10:32. ἁπλότης Hv 3, 9, 1. ἀσιτία Ac 27:21. βία 24:6 [7] v.l. γογγυσμός J 7:12. διακονία Lk 10:40. δοκιμή 2 Cor 8:2. δόξα Mt 24:30; Hv 1, 3, 4; 2, 2, 6. δύναμις Mk 13:26. ἐγκράτεια strict self-control Hv 2, 3, 2. εἰρήνη complete or undisturbed peace (Diod S 3, 64, 7; 11, 38, 1) Ac 24:2. ἔλεος 1 Pt 1:3. ἐπιθυμία 1 Th 2:17. ζημία Ac 27:10. ζήτησις 15:7. θλῖψις 2 Cor 2:4a; 1 Th 1:6. καύχησις 2 Cor 7:4b (pred.). μακροθυμία Ro 9:22. ὀδυρμός Mt 2:18. παράκλησις 2 Cor 8:4. παρρησία (Wsd 5:1) 3:12; 7:4a (pred.); 1 Ti 3:13; Phlm 8. πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22c. πλάνη 2 Cl 1:7. πληροφορία 1 Th 1:5. πόνος Col 4:13. σιγή a great or general hush (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 25; Arrian, Anab. 5, 28, 4) Ac 21:40. στάσις 23:10. τρόμος 1 Cor 2:3. φαντασία Ac 25:23. χαρά 8:8; Phlm 7. ὥρα πολλή late hour (Polyb. 5, 8, 3; Dionys. Hal. 2, 54; Jos., Ant. 8, 118) Mk 6:35ab.
    β. subst. πολλά in the acc. used as adv. greatly, earnestly, strictly, loudly, often etc. (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 14; Diod S 13, 41, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 19, 2; Aelian, VH 1, 23; 4 Km 10:18; Is 23:16; TestSol 1:1; GrBar; ApcMos; Jos., Ant. 14, 348) ἀλαλάζειν πολλά Mk 5:38 (s. ἀλαλάζω). πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνειν Hs 4:5c (ApcMos 32). π. ἀνακρίνειν Ac 28:18 v.l. π. ἀπορεῖν Mk 6:20 (Field, Notes 29). π. ἀσπάζεσθαι 1 Cor 16:19 (s. ἀσπάζομαι 1a). δεηθῆναι π. (GrBar 4:14; Jos., Vi. 173; 343) Hs 5, 4, 1. διαστέλλεσθαι Mk 5:43 (s. διαστέλλω). π. ἐπιτιμᾶν 3:12. π. ἐρωτᾶν earnestly pray Hv 2, 2, 1. κατηγορεῖν π. Mk 15:3 (s. κατηγορέω 1a). κηρύσσειν π. talk freely 1:45. κλαίειν bitterly Ac 8:24 D (ApcMos 39). κοπιᾶν (ApcMos 24; CIG IV 9552, 5 … μοι πολλὰ ἐκοπίασεν, cp. Dssm., LO 266, 5 [LAE 317]) work hard Ro 16:6, 12; 2 Cl 7:1b. νηστεύειν π. fast often Mt 9:14a. ὀμνύναι π. Mk 6:23. παρακαλεῖν Mk 5:10, 23; Ac 20:1 D; 1 Cor 16:12. π. πταίειν make many mistakes Js 3:2. π. σπαράσσειν convulse violently Mk 9:26a.—W. the art. ἐνεκοπτόμην τὰ πολλά I have been hindered these many times (cp. Ro 1:13 πολλάκις) Ro 15:22 (v.l. πολλάκις here too).
    γ. subst. πολύ in the acc. used as adv. greatly, very much, strongly (Da 6:15, 24 Theod.) ἀγαπᾶν πολύ show much affection, love greatly Lk 7:47b. κλαίειν π. weep loudly Rv 5:4.—Mk 12:27; Ac 18:27.
    ⓑ superlative, the neut. acc. πλεῖστον, α as adv. (sing. Hom. et al.; pl. Pind. et al.)
    α. pl. πλεῖστα in the formula of greeting at the beginning of a letter πλεῖστα χαίρειν (POxy 742; 744; 1061 [all three I B.C.]; PTebt 314, 2 [II A.D.] and very oft. in pap.—Griech. pap ed. Ltzm.: Kl. Texte 142, 1910, p. 4, 5, 6, 7 al.; Preis. II s.v. πλεῖστος) heartiest greeting(s) IEph ins; IMg ins; ITr ins; IRo ins; ISm ins; IPol ins.
    β. sing. τὸ πλεῖστον at the most (Aristoph., Vesp. 260; Diod S 14, 71, 3 πεμπταῖοι ἢ τὸ πλ. ἑκταῖοι; POxy 58, 17; PGiss 65:9) κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ πλ. τρεῖς (word for word like Περὶ ὕψους 32, 1) 1 Cor 14:27.—B. 922f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πολύς

  • 20 rozum

    m (G rozumu) 1. (władza poznawcza umysłu) mind, intellect
    - człowiek wielkiego rozumu a man of great intellect
    - objąć a. ogarnąć coś rozumem to understand sth
    - górować nad kimś rozumem to be more intelligent than sb
    2. (u człowieka) (rozsądek) reason, sense; (u zwierzęcia) cleverness
    - rozum przychodzi z wiekiem a. z latami one gets wiser as one grows older
    - rozum dyktuje, żeby nie działać zbyt pochopnie reason tells us not to act too hastily
    - miejże rozum, nie rób tego! have some sense, don’t do that!
    - □ chłopski rozum pot. common sense, good sense
    - czysty rozum Filoz. pure reason
    ■ brać coś na rozum to use one’s common sense
    - być niespełna rozumu to be out of one’s mind, to be off one’s head
    - co głowa, to rozum so many heads, so many minds
    - głowa wielka a rozumu mało a big head and little sense
    - mieć swój rozum pot. to know one’s own mind
    - mieć więcej szczęścia niż rozumu ≈ to have more luck than judg(e)ment
    - (jak) na mój głupi rozum pot. in my opinion
    - nauczyć kogoś rozumu to teach sb a lesson
    - nie grzeszyć rozumem to be rather stupid
    - odchodzić od rozumu z rozpaczy/strachu to be beside oneself a. to be out of one’s mind with grief/fear
    - pozjadać wszystkie rozumy pot. to have all the answers
    - pójść po rozum do głowy to use one’s head
    - przemówić komuś do rozumu to bring sb to reason
    - rozum mu odjęło he must be out of his mind
    - rusz rozumem! put your thinking cap on!
    - to przechodzi ludzki rozum it’s beyond human understanding
    - kogo Bóg chce ukarać, temu rozum odbiera przysł. whom the gods would destroy they first make mad
    - włos długi, rozum krótki pot. long on hair and short on brains
    - lepszy funt szczęścia niż cetnar rozumu przysł. an ounce of luck is better than a pound of wisdom
    - od wódki rozum krótki przysł. when drink is in, wit is out
    * * *
    - mu; -my; loc sg - mie; m

    na chłopski lub zdrowy rozum,... — common sense suggests that...

    * * *
    mi
    1. (= umysł) reason, mind, intelect; czysty rozum fil. pure reason; niespełna rozumu nuts, bats, crazy; na mój (głupi) rozum pot. in my (humble) opinion, as I see it; mieć swój rozum have one's wits about one, be in one's right senses; kierować się własnym rozumem use one's judgement l. own head; postradać l. stracić rozum loose one's marbles l. mind, be out of one's mind; pójść po rozum do głowy find a reasonable solution to a problem, think of sth sensible; mieć bystry rozum have quick wits; obdarzony rozumem rational.
    2. (= rozsądek) judgement, wit(s), sense; chłopski rozum horse sense, common sense; zdrowy rozum common sense, native reason; na chłopski l. zdrowy rozum common sense suggests that...; mieć więcej szczęścia niż rozumu succeed by a fluke; nauczyć kogoś rozumu teach sb a lesson; przemówić komuś do rozumu make sb see sense l. reason, make sb listen to reason, bring sb to reason; powinieneś mieć więcej rozumu w głowie you should know better; wydaje mu się, że pozjadał wszystkie rozumy he's such a smart alec l. aleck; weź to na rozum think it over, give it a reasonable thought.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > rozum

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • One Tree Hill (TV series) — One Tree Hill Intertitle, seasons 1–4; 8 Genre Drama, Sports Format Teen drama …   Wikipedia

  • One Life to Live storylines (1980–1989) — One Life to Live is an American soap opera that has been broadcast on the ABC network since 1968. The series starts with One Life to Live storylines (1968–1979). The plot continues in One Life to Live storylines (1980–1989). The plot in the next… …   Wikipedia

  • One Fine Day (IPTV series) — One Fine Day Format Sitcom Created by Derek Klein Marc Morin Jr. Developed by Derek Klein Marc Morin Jr. Starring Bob Dignan Daniel Papas Elisha Reichert Kevin Zaidaman Brittney Refakes Betsy Trevarthen Jessica DiLibe …   Wikipedia

  • One, Two, Buckle My Shoe (novel) — One, Two, Buckle My Shoe   …   Wikipedia

  • One Wonderful Day — Desperate Housewives episode Mary Alice (Brenda Strong) opens the door to find a surprising visitor. One Wonder …   Wikipedia

  • One Tree Hill (season 8) — One Tree Hill: Season 8 DVD cover art. Country of origin United States No. of episodes …   Wikipedia

  • One Night @ the Call Center —   …   Wikipedia

  • One Life to Live storylines (1990–1999) — One Life to Live is an American soap opera that has been broadcast on the ABC network since 1968. The series starts with One Life to Live storylines (1968–1979). The plot continues in One Life to Live storylines (1980–1989). The plot in the next… …   Wikipedia

  • One Life to Live storylines (1968–1979) — One Life to Live is an American soap opera that has been broadcast on the ABC network since 1968. The series starts with One Life to Live storylines (1968–1979). The plot continues in One Life to Live storylines (1980–1989). The plot in the next… …   Wikipedia

  • One Canada Square — A view of One Canada Square, the second tallest building in the United Kingdom. Record height Tallest in the United …   Wikipedia

  • One Sweet Day — Single by Mariah Carey Boyz II Men from the album Daydream Released November 14, 1995 …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»